Year: 2012
A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 40 dated 9th October, 2012
External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Review of all-in-cost ceiling.
This circular states that the below mentioned all-incost ceiling for ECB will continue till further notice: –
Sr. No. |
Average Maturity Period |
All-in-cost over 6 month LIBOR for the respective currency of borrowing or applicable benchmark |
1. |
Three years and up to |
350 bps |
2. |
More than five years |
500 bps |
Refund of port services cannot be denied on the ground that the service provider was not authorised by port – It should be allowed provided service tax was paid to the service provider by the recipient. Refund of Goods Transport Agency (GTA) services should be allowed based on the debit notes issued by the service provider vide Rule 4A of the Service Tax R ules, 1994 and R ule 9(2) of the CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004.
Refund of port services cannot be denied on the ground that the service provider was not authorised by port – It should be allowed provided service tax was paid to the service provider by the recipient.
Refund of Goods Transport Agency (GTA) services should be allowed based on the debit notes issued by the service provider vide Rule 4A of the Service Tax Rules, 1994 and Rule 9(2) of the CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004.
The appellant claimed refund of CENVAT Credit on port services and GTA services on exporting finished goods. The refund claim for port services was rejected on the ground that the service provider was not the authorised person of the port. The refund claim for GTA services was rejected on the ground that the CENVAT Credit was claimed on the basis of debit note and the original copies of debit note/invoice were not signed and as such, the appellant could not produce sufficient documentary proof to the satisfaction of the lower authorities.
Held:
The issue with respect to port services has already been decided in favour of the assessee by the Ahmedabad Tribunal in the following cases:
- Dishman Pharma & Chemicals Ltd. 2011 (21) STR 246
- Ramdev Food Products Pvt. Ltd. 2010 (19) STR 833
With respect to refund of GTA services, the Tribunal observed that proviso to Rule 4A of the Service Tax Rules, 1994 specifically allowed any document containing requisite details from a GTA service provider. Further, Rule 9(2) of the CENVAT Credit Rules provided that the Adjudicating Authority could accept any document containing details as specified in the said Rule and the appellant provided a detailed statement showing the details of value of services, service tax payable and paid etc. and the same could be considered to be valid in the absence of the ledger. The self certified copies of documents cannot be a reason to reject the refund claim and the same is a curable defect and the matter was remanded to the original adjudicating authority.
Doctrine of Merger: Dismissal of Appeal on ground of limitation – No Merger of order – Central Excise Act:
The assessee, a manufacturer of excisable goods, purchased for its manufacturing activity certain capital goods and availed of MODVAT credit by filing a declaration before the adjudicating authority along with an application for condonation of delay. Rejecting the claim, the adjudicating authority directed the assessee to pay the excise duty credit of which it had availed of. The first appellate authority dismissed the appeal filed by the assessee on the ground of delay which he could not condone. The Tribunal, on appeal, confirmed the order passed by the first appellate authority. Thereafter, the assessee filed an application for rectification before the Tribunal on the ground that the Tribunal ought to have considered the assessee’s appeal not only on the ground of limitation, but also on the merits of the case. The Tribunal rejected the application. The reference application filed by the assessee to direct the Tribunal to state case and the question of law, was dismissed by the High Court. On further appeal, the assessee contended that though the first appellate authority had rejected the appeal filed by the assessee on the ground of limitation, the orders passed by the original authority would merge with the orders passed by the first appellate authority and, therefore, the Tribunal ought to have considered the appeal filed by the assessee not only on the ground of limitation but also on the merits of the case.
The Court observed that if for any reason an appeal is dismissed on the ground of limitation and not on merits, that order would not merge with the order passed by the first appellate authority.
Accordingly, it was held in the appeal, that the high court was justified in rejecting the request made by the assessee for directing the revenue to state the case and also the question of law for its consideration and decision. Appeal was accordingly dismissed.
Export of services-Phrase “used outside India” needs to be interpreted to mean that the benefit of the services should accrue outside India vide CBEC Circular no. 111/5/2009-ST dated 24.2.2009. Export of services-Merely not showing the commission separately in profit and loss account cannot be a ground to reject the claim of the assessee that the services are exported especially when other documentary evidences proving provision of services to foreign client and receipt of amount in foreign cur<
Export of services-Phrase “used outside India” needs to be interpreted to mean that the benefit of the services should accrue outside India vide CBEC Circular no. 111/5/2009-ST dated 24.2.2009.
Export of services-Merely not showing the commission separately in profit and loss account cannot be a ground to reject the claim of the assessee that the services are exported especially when other documentary evidences proving provision of services to foreign client and receipt of amount in foreign currency were in place and not rebutted by the department.
The department demanded service tax on differential amount as shown in service tax returns and profit and loss account. The appellant contended that the said amount pertained to export of services and there was no mandatory requirement to show export of services in service tax returns during the relevant period, therefore, the same was not reflected in the service tax returns. Further, the appellant mainly contended that commission was received from foreign clients in foreign currency and the documentary evidences in this respect, was provided to the department. However, the same was not challenged by the department. Further, service tax was demanded without showing any working. Also, non-mention of the foreign commission separately in the profit and loss account was not a valid ground for demand of service tax. The demand was however confirmed as there was no bifurcation of domestic and export commission.
Held:
The ground taken by the Commissioner (Appeals) that the commission was not shown separately in the profit and loss account, cannot be a valid ground to reject the services in view of documentary evidences proving that the commission was received from foreign clients in foreign currency. Further, the appellant had paid service tax on domestic commission which was submitted to the Commissioner (Appeals), therefore, there were no contradictory stands taken by the appellant. Vide Circular no. 111/5/2009-ST dated 24.2.2009, the foreign commission was not liable to service tax since the phrase “used outside India” was required to be interpreted to mean that the benefit of the service should accrue outside India including cases where all the activities pertaining to provision of service were performed in India. 7
Stamp Duty – Sale deed or release deed – Release of share in property by co-owner for consideration, is not sale: Stamp Act Art 47A:
The mother of the petitioner owned property, with cellar, ground and first floors, constructed over 513 sq. yards. It is stated that after the death of the mother, the petitioner himself and his two brothers – G. Subhash and G. Satyanarayana, succeeded to it. The two brothers of the petitioner also died and the property was owned jointly by the petitioner and the legal representatives of his brothers. The widow of one of his brothers, by name G. Rajasree, released 1/3rd share, in the property, and she was paid Rs. 20 lakhs. Accordingly, a release deed was executed by the said Rajasree, in favour of the petitioner. The document was presented before the Sub-Registrar, the respondent, for registration. Stamp duty of 1% was paid. The respondent, however, took the view that 3% of stamp duty was payable. Accordingly, he kept the document pending for registration. He issued a notice requiring the petitioner to pay the deficit stamp duty of Rs. 3,25,678/- treating the document as a sale deed. Through a final order dated 07-07-2009, the respondent took the view that the stamp duty was payable, as provided for under Article 47-A of Schedule 1-A to the Indian Stamp Act, 1899. The petitioner challenged the said order.
The case of the Petitioner was that the transaction that had taken place through the document in question was one of release of the joint ownership of one co-owner in favour of another co-owner, and that no element of sale was involved. He contended that mere payment of consideration for such release, does not amount to sale.
The Hon’ble Court observed the distinction between the transactions of ‘sale’ and ‘release’. It is too well-known that ‘sale’ as defined under Section 54 of the Transfer of Property Act, takes place, when a person holding title in an item of immovable property, conveys his title to another, for consideration. It is also permissible for a co-owner of an immovable property, to transfer the same for consideration in favour of third party. In such a case also, the transaction would be one of sale. Delivery of the possession of tangible property, is an essential part of the transaction.
The word ‘release’ is not defined either under the Transfer of Property Act or under any other enactment, including the Stamp Act. However, its connotation is that, one of the owners of an item of property, releases himself of the legal rights and obligations in favour of the rest of the co-owners, or some of them, such release can be with or without any consideration. Though a sale and release resemble each other in the context of loss of title of the transferor or rights in favour of others, what differentiates the one for the other is that, the transferee under a sale is an altogether stranger, whereas in the case of release, he happens to be an existing co-owner. It would be a fresh and new acquisition of property by a purchaser under a sale, whereas in the case of release, it would only result in the change of the extent of shares, held by the co-owners or joint owners.
Another aspect is that delivery of possession, which is sine qua non in a sale, does not take place in the case of release, since each co-owner is in possession of every bit of the entire property.
To a large extent, release resembles a partition, wherein the shares of the existing co-owners or joint owners are determined with an element of clarity, notwithstanding the fact that the release by itself may not bring about partition. If one takes into account the fact that one of the steps in the partition is determination of the shares of respective parties, an act of release would promote such a step.
Thus, even if the release of the share in a property by a co-owner is for a consideration, its character does not change. Similarly, it is not necessary that the release must be in favour of the rest of the co-owners. As long as the undivided share in a property is not in favour of a stranger, but is in favour of another co-owner, transaction would remain one of “release’ and not a ‘sale’.
Doctrine of unjust enrichment whether applies to refund of pre-deposit when the burden is not passed on to the customers.
Doctrine of unjust enrichment whether applies to refund of pre-deposit when the burden is not passed on to the customers.
The respondent made a pre-deposit u/s. 35F of the Central Excise Act, 1944. In view of favourable decision from the Commissioner (Appeals), the respondent filed refund claim for pre-deposit. The lower adjudicating authority and the Commissioner (Appeals) granted the refund. Therefore, the department filed the present appeal and contended that Mumbai Tribunal in case of Poona Rolling Mills vs. CCE, Pune – I 2009 (240) ELT 85 held that the doctrine of unjust enrichment is applicable in case of pre-deposits as well, and the said doctrine was not examined in the said case. However, the respondent argued that the said doctrine did not apply to the present case in view of non-passing of the burden of such pre-deposit to any other person.
Held:
Section 11B of the Central Excise Act, 1944 dealing with doctrine of unjust enrichment is applicable to duties and not to pre-deposits. Since the burden of pre-deposit was passed on to others in the case of Poona Rolling Mills (Supra), the said case is distinguished from the present case. The doctrine of unjust enrichment does not apply to refund of pre-deposit when the same is not passed on to others.
2012-TIOL-1145-CESTAT-MUM – Royal Western India Turf Club Ltd. v. Commissioner of Service Tax, Mumbai Royal Western Turf Club Ltd. charged fee from bookies, royalty income from other racing clubs for live telecast of races and royalty from caterers for providing infrastructural facility inside the club – None of the activities taxable under respective categories of “Intellectual Property Rights Services”, “Broadcasting Services” and “Business Support Services” – Total confusion in the minds of
Royal Western Turf Club Ltd. charged fee from bookies, royalty income from other racing clubs for live telecast of races and royalty from caterers for providing infrastructural facility inside the club – None of the activities taxable under respective categories of “Intellectual Property Rights Services”, “Broadcasting Services” and “Business Support Services” – Total confusion in the minds of adjudicating authorities as to the nature of the tax and the measure of the tax – Impugned orders demanding Rs.6 crore set aside – Appeals allowed with consequential relief.
The appellant, engaged in the activity of conducting horse racing, provided stalls to bookies during the race and they accept bets from the public in the premises of the appellant for which the appellant charged fixed and variable fees. They also conducted live telecast of races at other racing clubs in India for which they received royalty income viz. fixed and variable. They also received royalty from caterers who have been permitted to use the infrastructural facilities and operate within the premises of the club.
Four different SCN’s covering the period between 2002 and 2009 were issued classifying the above activities under different categories and the same activity under different categories in different SCNs.
The appellant relied on the case of Madras Race Club vs. CST [2009 (14) STR 646 (T)] and the CBEC Circulars viz. no.334/4/2006-TRU dated 28.02.2006 and no. 109/3/2009-ST dated 23.02.2009 to conclude that the receipts received from bookies were not taxable under the category of Business Support Services and relied on the judgement of the Hon. Bombay High Court in C.K.P. Mandal vs. CCE [2006 (3) STR 183 (Bom)] to conclude that receipts received from caterers also were not taxable under the category of Business Support Services.
For demand under the category of Intellectual Property Rights Services, relying on CBEC Circular No. 80/10/2004-ST dated 17.09.2004 stated that neither the SCN nor the O-I-O stated under which intellectual property would the said activity fall viz. patents, copyrights, trademarks or designs. For demand under “Broadcasting Services”, it was contended that the appellant had been charged under the said category by M/s Essel Shyam Communications for providing technical support for the telecast and hence, they cannot be treated as the provider as well as the receiver of the service at the same time and further stated that the activity of telecasting was brought under the tax net from 01.07.2010 vide clause 65(105)(zzzzr) – permitting commercial use or exploitation of any event.
Held:
After perusing the impugned orders, the Hon. Tribunal held that the orders clearly evidenced lack of clarity and understanding on the part of the department. The same activity viz. telecast of horse race, was classified under “Broadcasting Services” during one period and under “Intellectual Property Rights” during another period. Also, the consideration in respect of telecast of horse races and in respect of bookmakers have been classified under two different categories for the same period based on different modes of payment.
Intellectual Property Rights Service
Neither the SCN nor the impugned orders gave a clear proposal or finding as to what is the intellectual property right involved as clarified by the CBEC Circular dated 17.09.2004 and hence the demand was set aside. Broadcasting Services It was held that the said activity was undertaken by M/s. Essel Shyam Communications who appropriately discharged its liability and that the activity of the appellant was covered under the category of permitting commercial use or exploitation of any event w.e.f. 01-07-2010
Business Support Services
As regards the activity to make available space to the caterers and bookmakers, it was held that it was nothing but hiring/leasing of immovable property as defined under 65(105)(zzzz) and not taxable as Business Support Service. It relied upon the definition of Business Support Service as defined under 65(104c) and the CBEC circular No.334/4/2006-TRU dated 28-02-2006. Since no merit was found, the entire demand under all the categories was set aside with consequential relief.
Precedent – Judicial discipline – Co-ordinate Bench Decision – Not to take a contrary view but to refer matter to larger bench.
In an SLP, the petitioner primarily urged that during the course of the hearing before the Division Bench at Lucknow, it was brought to their notice of the judgement passed by the co-ordinate Division Bench at Allahabad in similar matter and was urged that the same was a binding precedent. But, the Bench hearing the writ petition declared the said decision as not binding and per incuriam as it had not correctly interpreted, appreciated and applied the ratio laid down in M. Nagraj AIR 2007 SC 71.
The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the division bench at Lucknow had erroneously treated the verdict of Allahabad bench not to be a binding precedent on the foundation that the principles laid down by the Constitution Bench in M. Nagraj (AIR 2007 SC 71:) are not being appositely appreciated and correctly applied by the bench. When there was a reference to the said decision and a number of passages were quoted and appreciated albeit incorrectly, the same could not have been a ground to treat the decision as per incuriam or not a binding precedent. Judicial discipline commands in such a situation when there is disagreement to refer the matter to a larger bench. Instead of doing that, the division bench at Lucknow took the burden on themselves to decide the case.
The Hon’ble Court observed that, when Judges are confronted with the decision of a co-ordinate bench on the same issue, any contrary attitude, however adventurous and glorious may be, would lead to uncertainty and inconsistency. There are two decisions by two Division Benches from the same High Court. The Court expressed their concern about the deviation from the judicial decorum and discipline by both the benches and expected that in future, they shall be appositely guided by the conceptual eventuality of such discipline as laid down by the Apex Court from time to time. It also observed that judicial enthusiasm should not obliterate the profound responsibility that was expected from the Judges.
ELECTION – What’s In it for ME?
- Why can’t the elections be done in a more dignified manner?
- Why must my privacy be invaded by umpteen messages?
- Can the ICAI not impose a ban on e-mails – in fact I have avoided giving my e-mail even to the Institute – the only thing I get from ICAI is this onslaught of e-mails.
Strikes a chord? Echoes your feelings? I am sure it does, for I believe 80% of our voters feel that way. Question is – are they right? Who is responsible for this, the Institute, the Council, the Candidates or the members themselves.
Admittedly, the aggressive manner of campaigning has invaded our homes, our work places, our e-mail inboxes and our mobile phones. It is equally true that a far more dignified approach is desirable, and really is expected in an election to a professional body. But we need to ponder – why has such a situation come about. I would believe that the need for such “carpet bombing” has arisen mainly because voters largely ignore the contents, the merits and demerits of information about candidates provided by the Institute. A belief, therefore, is created that since most messages are not read, if you send the message more often, the probability of it being read once improves. Hence, it is voter’s neglect that causes this response which, in fact, creates a widening of the chasm between candidates and voters.
“Whether it is ‘X’ or ‘Y’ – it really does not affect “me” or concern “me”. All I want is that the Institute should be managed well. Let those who are more aware or involved choose. [in any case I do not know most of these candidates).” That is the mindset of a large number (nearing 50%) of the voters – who do not vote. One can only remind them that “Bad Council members are elected by good, well intentioned members who do not vote1 ”.
Those who do vote realise that the way the Institute is managed has a more direct bearing on their livelihood and careers. Such voters (largely members in practice in professional firms) realise that the way the ICAI represents views of our members to the Government and regulatory authorities can make a difference to the future role of CA’s in audit. For e.g. can we have service tax audits, can CA’s be recognised abroad to facilitate better job opportunities etc. Hence, they recognise their self-interest in voting and this is not per se something negative or selfish.
Rather, it is a cornerstone of the democratic system which enables the will of the majority to prevail. The difficulty is that “self–interest”, can be viewed with a broader or narrower vision. Surely, it is in our collective interest to have a Council of persons who are capable of framing policies that will serve the interest of the profession in the long run. Last month’s editorial hit the nail on the head in saying that “I put the two – National interest and the professional interest together.” But that is a more statesman like view – unfortunately not the vision of the vast number of voters.
The “self-interest” is more often judged on more mundane criteria – which often come to the fore such as:
Whether candidate X or Y candidate
- Favours relaxation or less strict application of CPE norms;
- Is more likely to ensure that more bank audits are allotted and/or audit fees are hiked;
- Supports increase of articleship vacancies in big firms (my son/daughter is to do CA next year);
- Supports establishment of a branch in my town. I could then become office bearer – in my own town.
The list is long and subjective. Unfortunately, most of these issues are of personal interest and do not qualify as being in the “interest of the Profession”. But because they have a bearing on “what’s the benefit for me – if X rather than Y is elected”, such personal issues play a bigger role in deciding the voting preferences than interest of the profession.
But to the average member, even this poses a significant problem of choice. If one takes the trouble to go through the manifestos or brochures, most candidates seemingly have similar objectives and agendas. This happens, since most persons contesting an election do not really have a specific position on the most vexatious issues facing the profession such as rotation of auditors, authority of the council to call for data from members and take action against defaulters, a roadmap for implementation of Ind-AS, etc. Though none of the candidates really take a position on issues that matter, yet it is imperative to be seen as a person who has a stand on certain issues. It is best to address the more general and non-specific issues such as improvements in administration, governance matters, transparency and so on. This adequately serves the purpose of highlighting to the voters that the candidate has “some considered views.” While these issues steer clear of controversies, the approach identifies the candidate with the voter group from where he seeks maximum support. You will thus see that amongst the issues raised, some candidates would take pains to clearly identify themselves with the more populist issues that would appeal to the small and medium practitioners. Others, looking for more support from larger but traditional firms, would project the same issues with a slight shift in the emphasis to cater to their identified constituency, while those seeking endorsement from the largest firms would bring out the aspects that would further the interests of the highly organised and better remunerated segments of the profession – for example – the need to align with global best practices, ” raising” standards of professionalism and performance etc. While this may enable the candidate to cater to popular sentiment of his specific constituency, it leaves unresolved the problem for an informed voter of how to identify which candidate best meets his “personal interests”. At best, out of a list of say 20 candidates from whom he has to choose, the voter can negatively identify some candidates whom he clearly does not wish to go with – not because the candidate is not good – but that the positions taken by that candidate may not suit “his interest”. So the choice is usually narrowed from 20 to 15 which in real terms is not very helpful.
Assuming that we are dealing with an “informed and enlightened voter”, who has taken the trouble to read the broad positions taken by the candidates, he is still unable to make the real choice on the basis of what is truly in the interest of the profession or even his own interest. In the absence of any other criteria for selecting the right candidate, voters then turn to simpler criteria which can be identified without much effort. These are the criteria which are applied in practice. Some of which are given below by way of illustration.
a) Whether the candidate belongs to my community:- While cultural affinity undoubtedly gives a certain comfort level; the fact that a particular candidate belongs to the same community, residential area, religion, etc. have no relevance to the manner he would perform as a Council Member and fails to recognise the candidate’s individual abilities or track record. The effort required on the part of the voter is minimal because, usually the name of the candidate gives a clear indication of the community to which he belongs. Success in a professional election can be determined largely by this factor.
b) Has the candidate phoned or met me? This criteria is simple to apply because not more than 8 to 10 candidates may be able to speak to the voter in person. It thus requires less mental effort to make a selection as the choices automatically narrow down. This approach is more prevalent amongst seniors and is a throwback to elections 30 years ago, when it was possible and often expected that the candidate would have some personal interaction with the voter. Given the increase in membership, this expectation is rendered impractical. However, such approach survives because it also embeds within it an element of ego on the part of the voter that “I and my vote are important – and the candidate must demonstrate this by making every effort to contact me.”
c) Bosses directions – Often cited (to my amazement) is that “my boss has instructed everybody in office to vote for Candidate M”. One can understand if a member comes to a conclusion that the candidate M is best suited to represent the interest of the firm, or the class of firms or industry in which the voter is employed or engaged in. To a lesser extent, one could even appreciate that if a senior whose opinion you respect recommends a particular candidate very highly, the voter can be significantly influenced. But to vote in favour of a particular candidate M – merely on instructions throws all notions of “independent choice” for a toss. The voter does not know what the candidate stands for, his competence or abilities but is more concerned about the consequences “if my boss finds out – that I did not vote for candidate M.”
Numerous examples of such superficial, extraneous and inappropriate criteria can be given. All this is happening because, most of the members (or the silent majority) are well-intentioned persons who feel that this entire election process is extraneous to him, as he does not have an answer to the question that bothers him – “what’s in it for me?”
The members are not indifferent, not negative but are simply exercising what economic theory refers to as “Rational Ignorance”. The use of the word “ignorance” may sound harsh – but this is a phrase used in the economic and political theory. The phrase was coined by Mr. Anthony Downs in his seminal work “An Economic Theory of Democracy” where it is mentioned that – Rational ignorance occurs when the cost of educating oneself on an issue exceeds the potential benefit that the knowledge would provide2. In the context of ICAI elections, one can understand “rational ignorance” to mean that the perception of the voter is that going through the various e-mails, brochures or taking an active interest in the election process and ranking of candidates has very little outcome on the ultimate choice of who gets elected or on what policies are adopted for the ICAI. If this is understood by the member in an absolute context, that his choices make no difference whatsoever, the members show no commitment or inclination to even go and cast their votes. In economic terms, there is no “payback”, for the time likely to be spent in evalu-ation of candidates and in voting.
Since these members do not vote, and therefore do not affect the outcome of the election, one needs to see the factors that influence those members who do vote. Members who do vote, generally appreciate that at least in the narrow realm of their direct concerns (such as CPE, Bank Audit, SMP issues as mentioned earlier), electing a person who will further these interests is beneficial. However, they are also of the view that their own impact on the ultimate outcome is marginal and that the management of affairs of the Institute would most likely continue in the same direction so long as the few persons who are on the negative list are not elected. Therefore, such voters, generally, recognise their interest, but also exercise the logical choice of “rational ignorance”, in the belief that disruption of their personal/professional time, going through numerous brochures, manifestos, e-mails and SMS’s is not relevant, as it does not further the objective of making a rational choice amongst candidates. It is, therefore, much easier to adopt the very elementary criteria (community, firm, recommendation etc.) rather than exercising vigilance and due care in choice of specific candidates. That this approach is not driven by indifference but by “rational ignorance”, can be very easily established. Experienced candidates will confirm that persons going for voting, often go with a clear decision (based on the elementary criteria) about their Central Council preferences. But even when they reach the polling booth, they may be unaware of the candidates contesting the Regional Council. This will show that such voters are aware that although their overall impact on the election results may be minimal, getting a suitable person who will further their interests (such as bank audits and Big firm vs SMP issues) at the policy-making level i.e. Central Council is necessary and “is in his interest”. The Regional Council election will have virtually no direct impact on their personal issues ,and therefore the degree of “rational ignorance”, in regard to the regional Council elections is higher.
It would appear from the above, that the voter behaviour does not arise out of apathy or indifference, but is the logical preference for “rational ignorance”. If this is so, well-meaning professionals, professional organisations like the BCAS and the ICAI itself, would appear to be wrong in their attempt to create greater involvement and participation in the election process. But such a conclusion would be incorrect, because there is a fallacy in the above reasoning. The voters exercising “rational ignorance” do so in the mistaken belief that the impact on their own interest is marginal and that irrespective of who is elected, the affairs of the Institute would be guided by the best interests of the majority of members. But in reality, this is not so, as explained in another economic theory – the Public Choice Theory3 . A study of this well accepted political and economic theory would show (and I have learnt from experience) that the fundamental assumption that the Institute would continue to work in the interests of the majority of members is incorrect. If the large mass of voters opt for “rational ignorance”, or abstain from voting, then the policies adopted would be influenced by the lobby or group that is more organised, and therefore, more influential. Would the policies be more influenced by members in the SMP segment (who constitute more than 80% of the membership), or is it the larger firms which would wield greater influence. The public choice theory clearly lays down that, whichever group is able to exercise influence in an organised manner will drive the policy in the direction favoured by such a lobby or group. It is for us to test whether this theory is simply an academic issue or something that really works at the ground level. I would leave it for readers to judge by evaluating the policies of the ICAI in the recent past. By way of an example, I may only draw attention to the composition and policies of Professional Accountancy Councils in Europe and USA (which are broadly similar to the ICAI Council). You will probably recognise the public choice theory in application in those circumstances, if you consider the composition of those councils and the policies framed by them. In almost all these countries, their policy formulation is overwhelmingly dominated by large firms who have a disproportionately higher representation as compared to the SMPs in those countries. This is apparently because though the SMPs even in those countries are larger in number; they seem to be less organised in terms of electoral groupings. This would indicate that the public choice theory does apply even to professional bodies and I see no reason why ICAI can be an exception to the theory.
If members consider the above points, it would be clear to each one of them that exercising “rational ignorance”, in such circumstances, may not be the appropriate choice because there is a lot at stake for each member. This is even more so for the members in the 25 to 55 age group (who incidentally constitute a large chunk of the electorate). These members will be significantly impacted by these policy decisions – irrespective of whether they are in practice or in employment. Where this profession and its members will be two decades from now could well be decided by certain approaches and policies chosen today. These issues could have significant impact on the nature and size of practice, on the entry and training requirements of our students and the way Indian professionals will perform in the global economy. Issues such as the road map for adoption of Ind AS, role of ICAI as a regulator, requires an informed debate which is usually not possible in the din of elections. But, it will be our elected representatives who will lay down the milestones for policy in this regard.
If all these facts are considered, it will be apparent that there is a lot at stake for every member who is conscious of the larger picture. In order to effectively shape and influence ICAI policy in the medium and long-term, it is imperative for every voter to see what is in it for us rather than for me (as a selfish, narrower horizon). Further, when the voter considers us, he has to recognise that it is not merely a big firm vs SMP issue. The us can refer to various interest groups within the profession which may have certain common objectives or interests. For example, recently certain interest groups have very actively sought to use the Internet to activate a common platform in regard to allotment of bank branch audit and influence the approach of members across the country to voting for candidates based on their response to this issue. This is a pressure group or lobby that fits perfectly in the parameters of the public choice theory. I personally believe that this is not in the larger interests of the profession- i.e. it is not in the interest of the majority of members to approach matters in this manner. However, the public choice theory indicates, that such a group (or any other organised interest group) may be able to drive a policy away from the larger interests of the profession and in the direction preferred by such a group. If the common member feels that the actions of a certain organised group are not in his interest and/ or in the interest of the profession, his only response in the democratic process – is to make his view known – through his vote. So if the member has a view in regard to the ICAI, its affairs, its policies and its future – it is not enough to vote on the basis of simplistic and superficial criteria adopted, consequent to opting for ‘rational ignorance’ approach. If the members really want to influence the way the Institute deals with the future challenges (our future as professionals), you must realise and accept that pro-active, logical voting is in your and our own interest. There is everything at stake for us. You need to make your vote count if you are concerned with OUR future – that’s the “pay off” for each individual who votes – there is everything in it for you.
Bombay Flying Club registered as charitable institution – Offered training courses in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering, Pilot training & overhauling work of aircrafts – Appellant’s courses not considered of Vocational Training for notification 24/2004-ST – AAR ruling applied in view of identical facts and questions of law – Activity of pilot training taxable under “Commercial Coaching or Training Services” – activity of overhauling of aircrafts taxable under “Management, Maintenance & Repair Se<
Bombay Flying Club registered as charitable institution – Offered training courses in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering, Pilot training & over-hauling work of aircrafts – Appellant’s courses not considered of Vocational Training for notification 24/2004-ST – AAR ruling applied in view of identical facts and questions of law – Activity of pilot training taxable under “Commercial Coaching or Training Services” – activity of overhauling of air-crafts taxable under “Management, Maintenance & Repair Services” – Pre-deposit ordered of 1.5 crores ordered.
The appellant, engaged in providing training in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering, also undertook maintenance and repair of aircrafts owned by its members. The department contended that the above services were taxable as “Commercial Coaching or Training Services” and “Management, Maintenance and Repair Services”. Accordingly, four show cause notices were issued demanding an amount of Rs.2.56 crore. The appellant stated that it was under a bonafide belief that the activities undertaken by them were statutory functions and being a charitable organisation, there was no commercial aspect to its activities and consequently, they never recovered any service tax. It also contended that the demand for service tax under the category of “Management Maintenance or Repair” for the overhauling of aircrafts of its members was bad in law as the said service was not provided under a contract or agreement. The memorandum of the appellant company wherein they have undertaken to provide the said service to its members is not a contract or agreement. The department on its part relied on the CBEC circular, clarifying that the said activity was liable for service tax under the purview of “Commercial Training or Coaching” service and that exemption under Notification No.24/2004-ST was not available to such training programmes. The department also put their reliance on the AAR ruling in the case of CAE Flight Training (India) Ltd.2010 (18) STR 785 (AAR) which held that the activity undertaken was liable for service tax as “commercial training or coaching”.
Held:
Commercial Coaching or Training services: Referring to sections 65(26) and 65(27) of the Finance Act, 1994 relating to definitions of commercial training or coaching, the Tribunal held that the appellant was not covered under the exclusion clause. It also held that the appellant was not eligible for any duty exemption in terms of Notification No.24/2004–ST dated 10.09.2004 and Notification No.03/2010–ST dated 27.02.2010 (after amendment). Due weightage was placed on the CBE&C circular no.137/132/2010–ST dated 11th May, 2011 and on the AAR ruling. Thus, the activity of pilot training was considered as taxable. Management, Maintenance & Repair Services: Referring to the definition u/s. 65(64), the Tribunal stated that the statute does not stipulate any separate contract or agreement, written or otherwise, with the service recipient so as to bring the activity under the tax net. The fact that the activity was stated in the memorandum in the objects clause showed that there was understanding with the members. Thus, the activity of overhauling of aircrafts was also held as taxable. Bonafide belief was considered and Rs.1.71 crore being within normal period, pre-deposit of Rs.1.5 crore was ordered.
FDI Framework: Whither are we Bound?
India received Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) worth US $ 176 billion during the 12-year period of April 2000 to July 2012. This highlights the importance of FDI to the Indian economy. FDI is a much preferred form of foreign investment as compared to other forms, such as, Portfolio Investment, Foreign Institutional Investment, etc. This is because, the FDI flows are considered to be relatively more long-term in nature. One peculiar nature of the FDI Framework in India is that it is governed by multiple laws/policies/regulations and it has more than one Ministry/ Regulator/ Agency to deal with. Often one finds that a stance taken by one Agency in relation to FDI, has not yet been endorsed by another or is exactly opposite to the stance of the other. Such a scenario, creates unnecessary confusion and pollutes the investment climate. The story of India’s FDI Framework is complex and compelling, and through this Article, I hope to highlight some of these qualities.
Regulations & Agencies
The FDI Framework in India stands on a threelegged tripod consisting of three Regulations ~ the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 along with its Regulations, the Consolidated FDI Policy, and the Circulars to Authorised Person issued from time to time by the Reserve Bank of India.
Interestingly, just as there are three Regulations, there are also three Agencies/Ministries/Regulators which are involved in the FDI Regime – the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP), Ministry of Commerce & Industry and the Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB), Ministry of Finance. Each of these three agencies has an important role to play.
FEMA and RBI
The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA) is a Central Statute of the Parliament and is the supreme Act, when it comes to regulating all foreign transactions in India, including those pertaining to FDI. The FEMA also consists of Regulations issued by the RBI from time to time. The relevant Regulations for FDI are the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by Persons Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000 (Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB dated May 3, 2000). U/s. 46 of the FEMA, the RBI has power to make Rules to carry out the provisions of the Act. Further, u/s. 47, it has the powers to make Regulations to carry out the provisions of the Act and the Rules.
The RBI is the nodal regulatory authority for all matters connected with foreign exchange transactions in India. It is the authority which has powers to launch prosecution, levy penalties, allow compounding of offences, etc., as well as the agency which lays down rules for valuation, reporting requirements, etc.
One feature of the FEMA Regulations is the Directions issued by the RBI u/s. 10(4) and 11(1) of the FEMA to various Authorised Persons, popularly known as “A.P.(DIR Series) Circulars”. Authorised Persons are Authorised Dealers, Money Changers, Banks, etc., who are authorised by the RBI to deal in foreign exchange. Thus, these Circulars are operational instructions from the RBI to Banks, etc. The legal validity of these Circulars has been upheld by the Bombay High Court in the case of Prof. Krishnaraj Goswami v. the RBI, 2007 (6) Bom CR 565. The Court held as follows:
“………the Reserve Bank of India issued the impugned circular by way of directions as contemplated under Sections 10(4) and 11(1) of the Act. A bare reading of these provisions clearly show that the Reserve Bank of India has the power to issue directions to the authorised persons and this power is wide enough to cover any kind of directions so far it provide for the regulation of the Foreign Exchange management. We are unable to find any merit in the contention raised on behalf of the petitioner that the Reserve Bank of India has no jurisdiction to issue such circulars. Section 10(4) of the Act clearly stipulates that an authorised person shall, as contemplated under Section 10(1) of the Act, in all his dealings is bound by the directions, general or special, issued by the Reserve Bank of India. Similarly, Section 11(1) of the Act provides that the Reserve Bank of India may, for the purpose of securing compliance with the provisions of the Act and of any Rules, Regulations and directions made under the provisions of the Act, give to the authorised persons any direction in regard to making of payment or the doing or desist from doing of any act relating to foreign exchange or foreign security….”
Once a year on 1st July of every year and occasionally, on a half-yearly basis, the RBI issues a Master Circular which consolidates all the existing Circulars at one place. Master Circulars are issued with a sunset clause of one year. Master Circulars were introduced in accordance with the recommendations of the Tarapore Committee. This Committee recommended that every year, the RBI should consolidate all the instructions and Regulations on each subject into a Master Circular for use by the public. It also recommended that the Master Circulars should be prepared in an unambiguous language without using jargons.
Whilst the FEMA, the Rules and the Regulations have legal force, the Circulars and Master Circulars are only directions.
CFIP and DIPP
The DIPP frames the Foreign Direct Investment Policy in India which lays down the sectors in which FDI is allowed, the conditions attached and the sectoral caps. It also lays down the sectors in which FDI is Automatic and those in which it requires Approval of the Government of India. The FDI Policy is prepared in the form of the Consolidated FDI Policy (“CFDIP”). The Policy defines FDI to mean investment by non-resident entities in the capital of an Indian company under Schedule 1 of FEMA No. 20/2000-RB dated 3rd May, 2000.
Earlier, the DIPP used to issue Press Notes from time to time, which used to lay down the FDI Policy and changes made to the same. Since the past two years, it has started the practice of preparing a Consolidated FDI Policy which subsumes all Press Notes/Press Releases/ Circulars issued by DIPP till date. In the first two years, the DIPP came out with a Consolidated FDI Policy twice a year, i.e., on a half-yearly basis – in April and in October. However, it has now clarified that henceforth, it would be an annual event. Thus, the next CFDIP would be in April 2013.
The power of the Government to lay down economic policy has been the subject-matter of great judicial interest. In Balco Employees Union v UOI, (2002) 2 SCC 333, the Supreme Court laid down the prerogative of the Government to frame the economic policy:
“……The Courts have consistently refrained from interfering with economic decisions as it has been recognised that economic expediencies lack adjudicative disposition and unless the economic decision, based on economic expediencies, is demonstrated to be so violative of constitutional or legal limits on power or so abhorrent to reason, that the Courts would decline to interfere. In matters relating to economic issues, the Government has, while taking a decision, right to “trial and error” as long as both trial and error are bona fide and within limits of authority. ….”
Again in Federation of Railway Officers Association v. UOI (2003) 4 SCC 289, the Apex Court laid down the following principle:
The validity of the FDI Policy laid down by the Government, has come in for review by the Courts. In the decision of Radio House v UOI, 2008 (2) Kar. LJ 695 (Kar), the Karnataka High Court held while dealing with the definition of ‘wholesale trading’ laid down in an earlier version of the FDI Policy:
“………The task of defining the term ‘cash and carry wholesale trade’ is to be best left to the Government, which has formulated the policy of inviting the FDI. No directions can be given to the Government to accept a particular definition of the term ‘cash and carry wholesale trade’ in preference to or to the exclusion of its other definitions from other sources. Therefore the challenge to the approval order, dated 5th December, 2000 (Annexure-B) fails. …………..
………But it is for the Government to evolve a policy to safeguard the interest of the retailers. It is trite position in law that the Court should not substitute its wisdom for the wisdom of the Government in policy matters.”
The FDI Policy on Wholesale Trading was also the subject-matter of review in the case of Federation of Associations of Maharashtra v UOI, W.P. (C) Nos. 9568-70 of 2003 (Del) where the Court held as follows:
“…….The aforesaid is apparent from the fact that no one is disputing the right of the Government to lay down its policy……….. once it is recognised that the Government can amend its policy, nothing pre-cludes the Government from issuing a clarification even if it is read in the nature of an amendment of the policy. ……………The matter in issue is not even of any statutory interpretation, but of the policy. The policy-framer is the concerned Ministry which itself has issued the clarification / modification. The learned ASG is right in his submissions that the matter is one of policy decision and allocation of businesses and FIPB functions as part of the concerned Ministry. ………The relevant authority is the Government itself which had framed the policy. ……………..
59. The interpretation of the Government is also not out of thin hair. It is trite to say that with the expansion of international commerce and trade, there are certain internationally understood concepts, which have come into play. Is the Court to look to the traditional definition of what may be wholesale or retail as may be considered in the dictionaries and in the country earlier or is the Court to accept the definition adopted by the Government on international practice? The Government’s view is based on the WTO definition of wholesale trade. The Government can hardly be faulted on this account and it is not for the Court to go into this question……….….This being the position, it is the stand of the Government, which has to be given the greatest weight in such matters. There cannot be any knit-picking on this issue of the definition when the stand of the Government has come clearly in its affidavit as enunciated by its clarification. The Government wants B2B sales to form a part of wholesale cash and carry business. So be it.”
A decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of Putzmeister India Private Limited and others vs. UOI, W.P.(C) 5633-35/2006 Order dated July 1, 2008 (Del) is also relevant. This case examined the validity of the erstwhile Press Note 1 of 2005 issued by the DIPP requiring the FIPB’s permission in cases where the foreign investor had a prior joint venture in the same / allied field:
“27. Issues pertaining to foreign investment and attendant modalities are largely a matter of executive policy; to some extent, these are also governed by provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act and the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The three press notes fall in the domain of enunciation of executive policy………A large number of decisions have ruled that the wisdom of an executive policy does not fall within the domain of judicial review; nor does Article 226 permit High Courts to sit in appellate judgment over executive decisions, made in legitimate bounds of exercise of power……….When two views are reasonably possible about the interpretation of an executive order, the court is of the opinion that unless strong and compelling reasons exist, it should not supplant the views of the executive government.”
FIPB
The Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB) is a part of the Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance. As explained above, FDI could be Automatic or it may require the Approval of the Government of India. The FIPB is a nodal authority for approving all FDI proposals which require prior Government Approval. The FIPB provides a single-window mechanism for all such FDI proposals, which are not permissible under the automatic route. The FIPB has been a part of several Ministries. It initially started as a part of Prime Minister’s Office, later on it became a part of the DIPP and now is a part of the DEA, Ministry of Finance. All FDI proposals up to an investment amount of Rs. 1,200 crores are approved by the Finance Minister, while those in excess of Rs. 1,200 crores are approved by the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA). The FIPB consists of Secretaries from various Ministries, such as, Finance, DIPP, External Affairs, Department of Commerce, etc.
It may be noted that the FIPB is a body without any statutory backing nor can it make any law. In the case of Zippers Karamchari Union vs. UOI, 2000 (10) SCC 619, the Supreme Court while dealing with the grant of an approval by the FIPB to YKK, Japan to set up a subsidiary in India, held as follows:
“….It is a matter of government policy and in our opinion no sustainable ground was urged before us to hold that the approval granted to YKK was contrary to the government policy. The Court would not be justified in interfering in such matters when it is satisfied that a grant of approval to YKK was neither irrational, nor for any extraneous consideration….”
CFDIP or FEMA, Which One Prevails?
One question which has often been raised has been-which one is supreme – the FDI Policy or the FEMA Regulations? The answer to this is very simple. It is the FEMA and the Regulations issued thereunder which are superior to the FDI Policy. The Policy is notified by the RBI as amendments to the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by Persons Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000. Schedule 1 of these Regulations deals with “Foreign Direct Investment Scheme”. Para 2 of Schedule 1 gives recognition to the FDI Policy by providing that the Automatic Route for FDI is available to a company in accordance with Annex B to the Schedule and the provisions of the FDI Policy, as notified by the Ministry of Commerce, from time to time. Annex B contains the “Sectoral Specific Policy for Foreign Investment”. This Annex B is based on the FDI Policy issued by the DIPP.
The FDI Policy itself provides that in the case of any conflict with the FEMA Regulations, the FEMA Notifications would prevail.
Thus, the descending order of hierarchy amongst various pronouncements would be: FEMA -> Rules & Regulations -> AP Dir Circulars -> Master Circulars -> FDI Policy by DIPP -> Press Notes/Clarifications by DIPP.
PIL before SC
An interesting question recently arose before the Supreme Court in a Public Interest Litigation (PIL) – Manohar Lal Sharma v UOI, Writ Petition (Civil) 417 of 2012 (SC), Order dated 15th October, 2012. Before going into the facts of this case, a background to this case merits attention. The DIPP vide Press Note No. 5 of 2012 dated 20th September 2012, permitted FDI in Multi-brand Retail Trading under the Approval Route of the FIPB. Prior to this, FDI in this sector was altogether prohibited. Annex A to Schedule 1 of the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by Persons Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000 as well as the CFDIP both provided that FDI in “Retail Trading (except single brand product retailing)” is a “Sector prohibited for FDI”. Press Note 5/2012 modified the CFDIP by permitting 51% FDI in Multi-brand Retail Trading. Subsequently, the RBI issued Directions to Authorised Persons vide A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 32 dated 21st September 2012, specifying that the FDI Policy has been modified to permit 51% FDI in Multi-brand Retailing. It also mentioned that neces-sary amendments to the FEMA Regulations are being notified separately.
However, the FEMA Regulations No. 20-2000/RB have yet not been modified. They yet contain the old Annex B which provides that FDI is not permitted in Multi-brand Retailing. Thus, a PIL was filed which stated that in the absence of amendment to the FEMA Regulations, the FDI Policy could not prevail over it and hence, a petition was made to the Supreme Court asking for a stay on the Press Notes allowing FDI in Multi-brand Retailing.
In the above-mentioned PIL, the Supreme Court up-held the superiority of the FEMA Regulations over the FDI Policy. However, it also upheld the amendments to the FDI Policy on Retail Trading but asked the Government to bring the FEMA Notifications up to date with the FDI Policy. The Court held that amending the FEMA Regulations is a legal process which has to be taken to logical conclusion. It is a routine thing and it has to be done. It also held that not amending the FEMA Regulations was at best, an irregularity that is curable and as soon as amendment is brought, it would be cured.
The Bench added that there is no question of any stay on the FDI policy. It held that the FDI policy was prepared by the Central Government and it is not that RBI had been kept in the dark by the Centre. RBI had already issued a Circular amending the FDI limits but it had not formally amended the Regulations. Accordingly, the Court asked the Attorney General when RBI would do so. It gave RBI time to do so by noting as follows:
“….but you have to give the policy a legal shape by amending the regulation. These matters have huge impact….”
On the allegation in the PIL that the Centre’s notification was issued without the authority of law as approval of neither the President nor the Parliament was secured, the Supreme Court rejected the same by saying that the assumption that the policy has to be in the name of the President is flawed and unfounded. It further said that a policy is never required to be placed before the Parliament.
This decision clearly establishes the supremacy of the FEMA Regulations over the FDI Policy and that the Regulations must be amended to reflect the FDI Policy.
Contrasting Stands
The above was an instance where the RBI had not yet modified the FEMA Regulations to be in touch with the CFDIP. However, what about cases where the RBI’s view is exactly opposite to that of the CFDIP? A case in point is the issue of FDI instruments with Put and Call Options. Since the last 2-3 years, the RBI has been taking a view that exit options, such as put and call options, attached to Compulsorily Convertible Debentures/Preference Shares/Equity Shares for FDI are not valid. The view being taken was that, a fixed exit option makes the equity instrument equivalent to a debt instrument. The DIPP in its CFDIP issued vide Circular 2/2011, contained a Clause that only instruments with no in-built options of any type would qualify as eligible instruments for FDI. Instruments issued/transferred to non-residents with in-built options would lose their equity character and such instruments would have to comply with the ECB guidelines. Within a month of its issuance, the CFDIP was modified and a Corrigendum was issued by the DIPP deleting the above Clause. Thus, the DIPP’s stance on the issue is now very clear, i.e., FDI can have in-built options. However, the RBI’s stance on this issue has yet not mellowed. Such divergent views between the FDI Policy and the FEMA Regulations are best avoided, since they do nothing but add to the regulatory confusion and mayhem.
FDI v FII / PIS
While on the subject of FDI, it would not be out of place to highlight the distinction between FDI inflows on the one hand and inflows from Foreign Institutional Investment (FII) / Portfolio Investment Schemes (PIS) on the other hand. FDI is primary market investment by non-resident entities in the capital of an Indian company, i.e., money directly comes to the Indian company. FII and PIS on the other hand are secondary market investments, in which foreign investment is made by acquiring the shares of an Indian company from other resident/non-resident shareholders. It may be noted that FII investment is not subject to the sectoral caps and conditions laid down in the CFDIP. In cases where the RBI also wants to prevent, investment under the FII/PIS, it has expressly done so. For instance, earlier, FII/NRI investment was prohibited under the print media sector. No such restriction is now found.
Another analogy is in the real estate sector. Under the PIS, FIIs can also acquire shares of real estate company making an IPO. The conditions of lock-in, minimum capitalisation, minimum area, etc., which are associated with FDI in real estate are not applicable to a Portfolio Investment made by FIIs, including that made under the IPO of a real estate company. However, FII investments in any pre-IPO placement are treated on par with FDI and are subject to all conditions of the erstwhile Press Note 2 /2005.
Conclusion
India’s FDI Policy is multi-faceted and is often prone to pulls and tugs from within the system. Is it not strange that for a country which aims to be the cynosure of the global attention and which is constantly vying with China, Brazil, Russia, etc., for FDI, India continues to have contrasting stands from Ministries and Regulators on the FDI Policy. FDI loves certainty as explained by Justice Kapadia, in the celebrated decision of Vodafone International Holdings, 341 ITR 1 (SC):
“…FDI flows towards location with a strong governance infrastructure which includes enactment of laws and how well the legal system works. Certainty is integral to rule of law. Certainty and stability form the basic foundation of any fiscal system…”
Maybe it is time to disband multiple agencies, such as, the FIPB and the DIPP and replace them with one Super Regulator for all things connected with FDI in India. Should we not get over our hangover of the “Licence Raj” once and for all? It would be desirable if we have a clear FDI Policy devoid of confusion and ambiguity. One may sum up with a quote from Henry Miller, the noted American Author:
“Confusion is a word we have invented for an order which is yet not understood!”
Property, Plant and Equipment – Changes under Ind AS
Currently, under Indian GAAP, accounting for PPE is covered by AS 10 ‘Accounting for Fixed Assets’. The other standards and regulations which are applicable to the accounting for PPE include AS 6 ‘Depreciation Accounting’ AS 16 ‘Borrowing Costs’, AS 11- The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates and certain notifications of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA).
Under Ind AS, the accounting for PPE is covered by Ind AS 16 – ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ along with guidance under Ind AS 23 – ‘Borrowing Costs’, and Ind AS 21 – ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.
In this article, we will examine and illustrate some of the key differences in practice between Ind AS and Indian GAAP, as it is currently applicable, with respect to the accounting of PPE.
- General and Administrative Overheads:
Under the current Indian GAAP, certain general and administrative expenses which are specifically attributable to the cost of the asset or construction of a project are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset. These expenses are generally in the nature of start-up costs or pre-operating expenses.
As per Ind AS 16, costs eligible for capitalisation are the cost of the asset, duties and non refundable purchase taxes, less trade discounts and rebates. It includes those costs which are directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in a manner intended by management. This capitalised cost of the asset does not include general and administrative overheads.
- Foreign Exchange Differences:
As per the revised AS–11 and subsequent MCA notifications, foreign exchange differences on foreign currency long term monetary items related to acquisition of a depreciable capital asset may be capitalised to the cost of the asset and depreciated over the balance life of the asset. This is an irrevocable option which the entities have, currently under the modified AS 11.
Under Ind AS, there is no such guidance and all foreign exchange differences on acquisition of assets are expensed to the income statement. Capitalisation is not permitted. Thus, there would be a difference in the capitalised value of the property, plant and equipment under Ind AS with a corresponding impact to the depreciation amount in the income statement.
- Asset Retirement Obligations:
At present, there is a divergence in practice under Indian GAAP such that certain companies do not upfront recognise the cost of dismantling or removing the asset or restoring the site on which the asset was located to its original condition. Such obligations are recorded in the financial statements, only when the liability is incurred.
Ind AS 16 provides that the cost of the asset also includes the initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item, and restoring the site to its original condition. Hence, the cost of the asset should include an amount equivalent to the present value of the liability recognised for the cost of dismantling or removing the asset and of restoring the asset to its original condition as per initial estimates of the management. Interest, which is imputed in the transaction, shall be recognised subsequently through the profit and loss account. The total cost of the asset (original cost plus the present value of the obligation) shall be depreciated as per the useful life estimated by the management.
Let us understand this concept through the following example:
Example 1:
Company A is a chemical manufacturing company, which has recently installed an asset at its manufacturing facility. The cost of the asset is Rs. 100 lakh and the Company is expected to incur certain restoration costs on the land on which the asset is located at the end of five years. The Company follows the straight line method of depreciation. The Company estimates that the restoration costs shall be Rs. 20 lakh. The current market rate of interest is 10%. Hence, the Company estimates that the present value of the obligation on day one at an interest rate of 10% shall be Rs. 12.42 lakh (approx).
– Initial measurement
As per the provisions of Ind AS 16, the Company will capitalise the asset at a value of Rs. 112.42 lakh (Rs. 100 lakh of its initial capitalised value of the asset and Rs. 12.42 lakh of its estimate of restoration costs). It will also record a provision of Rs. 12.42 lakh towards this liability. The accounting entry will be as shown in Table 1.
Table 1 – Initial Measurement Entries (Rs. in lakh)
– Subsequent measurement
The company follows a straight line method of depreciation and hence, would recognize the depreciation expense as shown in Table 2.
Table 2 – Deprication (Rs. in lakh)
The provision has been recognised at its present value of Rs. 12.42 lakh. However, payment to be made at the end of the year 5 is Rs. 20 lakh. Accordingly, at the discount rate of 10% determined earlier, the provision shall be accreted through the income statement to Rs. 20 lakh at the end of the fifth year. For detailed calculation of the accretion amounts, please refer to the Table 3:
Table 3 – Accretion to Provision for Restoration Cost (Rs. in lakh)
Accounting entry:
*Every year
Income statement a/c (imputed interest) Dr.
To Provision for restoration costs Cr.
At the end of year 5
Provision for restoration costs a/c Dr. (Rs. 20 lakh)
To Cash/Bank a/c Cr. (Rs. 20 lakh)
Deferred Payment Terms:
Under Indian GAAP, the capitalised cost of the PPE is the transaction value – the value agreed to be paid for the cost of the asset. Hence, deferred payment terms do not affect the capitalised value of the asset.
The accounting practice prescribed under Ind AS 16 differs from Indian GAAP. It defines that the cost of acquisition of the asset is equal to its cash price or cash equivalents paid or the fair value of other consideration given to acquire the asset. Thus, in a scenario where the terms of acquisition, payment is deferred over a period of time, the asset would have to be recognised initially at its present value. This would also apply where companies retain retention money for a particular asset. This has been further explained through the example given below:
Example 2:
Company C purchases an asset at a cost of Rs. 66 lakh with a useful life of six years. The normal trade practice in the industry is for the purchaser to retain a certain amount of the cost of the asset which is payable two years from the date of purchase. Accordingly, Company C agrees to pay Rs. 60 lakh and to hold Rs. 6 lakh as retention money payable after two years from the date of purchase.
The market rate of interest on the date of the transaction is 9%. Accordingly, the present value of the retention money discounted at 9% for two years amounts to Rs. 5,05,008. The accounting entries in the books of Company C are as shown in Table 4:
Table 4 – Accounting for Retention Money in Asset Purchase
Depreciation shall be computed and accounted for on the capitalised value of the asset Rs. 6,505,008 over the estimated useful life of the asset – 6 years.
Borrowing Costs:
Differences in practice with respect to borrowing cost capitalisation between Indian GAAP and Ind AS include:
- Guidance under Indian GAAP and Ind AS state that ‘Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset should be capitalised as part of the cost of that asset.’ Hence, to qualify for capitalisation of borrowing costs, the asset should take a ‘substantial period of time’ to get ready for its intended use or sale. While the definitions of a qualifying asset are predominantly the same, there is a bright line of 12 months given under Indian GAAP for ‘substantial period of time’, whereas under Ind AS there is no bright line given. An assessment of substantial period of time is based on management’s best estimate. Thus, the borrowing costs qualifying for capitalisation may differ under Indian GAAP and Ind AS.
- Secondly, capitalisation of borrowing costs under Indian GAAP is based on the contractual rate of interest of loans borrowed. However, under Ind AS, such capitalisation is based on the effective interest rate of loans borrowed. An effective interest rate is computed after taking into consideration amortisation of loan processing fees and other upfront charges on availing the loan facility.
Depreciation:
Under Indian GAAP currently, a company may choose to depreciate its assets in the financial statements, using only the written down value or straight line method. The rates for such depreciation are governed by Schedule XIV to the Companies Act, 1956 and as a practice, most companies adopt the rates of depreciation prescribed in the Schedule.
Ind AS requires a company to follow that method of depreciation that best reflects the pattern in which, the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the company. Depreciation as per this method is based on the useful life of the asset which is an estimate by the management, which may be different from the rates entities use as per Schedule XIV at present. The residual value and the useful life of an asset, need to be reviewed at least at each financial year-end, and if expectations differ from previous estimates, the changes are to be accounted for as a change in an accounting estimate. Further, a change in the depreciation method shall also be treated as a change in accounting estimate and effected prospectively.
There may be certain components of an asset which are significant and have different useful lives. Ind AS requires a company to depreciate these components, separately based on an estimate of their useful lives. Such components include major inspection costs or overhaul charges. This approach towards measurement of depreciation, amortises the cost of replacement of key components during overhauls in a systematic manner.
Example 3
AJ Engineering Limited purchases an asset for its manufacturing activities. The total cost of the asset is Rs. 100 lakh and its useful life is six years. The asset has three main components – Component A with a cost of Rs. 60 lakh and a useful life of six years, Component B with a cost of Rs. 30 lakh and a useful life of three years and Component C with a cost of Rs. 10 lakh and a useful life of two years. The management believes that the straight line method of depreciation, most appropriately reflects the pattern in which future economic benefits shall flow to the company. Components B and C are replaced when their useful life has been exhausted.
The capitalised cost of the asset is Rs. 100 lakh. In the second year and third year, components C and B will be derecognised respectively, and replaced by fresh components and depreciated over their estimated useful lives i.e. two and three years. The measurement of depreciation shall be as shown in Table 5:
Table
5 – Depreciation under Component Approach (Rs in lakh)
Particulars |
Remarks |
Year |
Year |
Year |
Year |
Year |
Year |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost |
|
100 |
|
(10) |
(30) |
(10) |
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replacement of Compo- |
|
|
|
10 |
30 |
10 |
|
50 |
nents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component A |
Useful life – |
(10) |
(10) |
(10) |
(10) |
(10) |
(10) |
(60) |
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component B |
Useful life – |
(10) |
(10) |
(10) |
|
|
|
(30) |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component B (replaced) |
Useful life – |
|
|
|
(10) |
(10) |
(10) |
(30) |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component C |
Useful life – |
(5) |
(5) |
|
|
|
|
(10) |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component C (replaced) |
Useful life – |
|
|
(5) |
(5) |
(5) |
(5) |
(20) |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
(25) |
(25) |
(25) |
(25) |
(25) |
(25) |
(150) |
the year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upon de-recognition and recognition of components, the accounting entries as shown in Table 6 shall be passed:
Table 6 – Accounting Entries on De-recognition (Rs. in lakh)
Particulars |
Dr/ |
Amount |
Amount |
|
Cr |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derecognition |
|
|
|
Component B at end |
|
|
|
of year 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Deprecia- |
Dr. |
30 |
|
tion A/c |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To Asset A/c (Compo- |
Cr. |
|
30 |
nent B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Being: De-recognition |
|
|
|
of Component B at |
|
|
|
the expiry of its |
|
|
|
ful life) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognition |
|
|
|
Component B in year |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset A/c (Component |
Dr. |
30 |
|
B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To Bank A/c |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
Similar entries will need to be considered for Component C.
Example 4
Company P runs a merchant shipping business and has just acquired a new ship for Rs. 40 lakh. The useful life of the ship is 15 years, but it will be dry-docked every three years and a major overhaul shall be carried out. At the acquisition date, the dry-docking costs for similar ships that are three years old, is approximately Rs. 8 lakh.
Hence, while capitalising the ship in the books, the dry-docking costs shall be considered as a separate component, with a useful life of three years and amounting to Rs. 8 lakh. The bal-ance amount, shall be capitalised to the value of the ship – Rs. 32 lakh (assuming there are no other components).
Thus, at the end of the third year, Rs. 8 lakh shall be fully depreciated and the company will incur dry docking costs as anticipated. Accounting for this is done as shown in Table 7 and Table 8:
Table
7 – Accounting for ship and depreciation thereon (Rs. in lakh)
Particulars |
Year 1 |
Year 2 |
Year 3 |
Year 4-15 |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost |
4,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dry Docking |
800,000 |
|
|
|
|
(Component |
|
|
|
|
|
A) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
3,200,000 |
|
|
|
|
Component |
|
|
|
|
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deprecia- |
|
|
|
|
|
tion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compo- |
266,667 |
266,667 |
266,666 |
|
800,000 |
nent A |
|
|
|
|
|
(800,000/3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compo- |
213,334 |
213,333 |
213,333 |
2,560,0000 |
3,200,000 |
nent B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conclusion:
The principles of accounting for PPE under Ind AS as discussed in this article, vary in a number of aspects vis-à-vis Indian GAAP. The application of these principles shall require training and educating the employees as well as aligning reporting systems and internal controls to enable the entity to report their property, plant and equipment amounts appropriately and accurately.
Has Indian GAAP Outlived its Utility?
Bad standards result in bad accounting
Consider an arrangement where there is an agreement between two parties to jointly share control. The board of directors has equal representation of directors from both parties. Both parties own 50% shares each. Under Indian GAAP, joint control would result in proportionate consolidation. However, it is possible for both parties to achieve full consolidation. One party can do this by adding one more director on the board as its nominee, and the other party can do this by buying one additional share, but with no change in the joint sharing of the control. Therefore, though the arrangement effectively is unchanged; a small structuring can provide a vastly different accounting result.
Bad standards also prevent good accounting
A company takes a US$ loan from a bank which is to be repaid in thirty six equal installments in the next three years. The company does not stand exposed to exchange rate volatility, as the loan installments will be paid out of highly probable and matching future $ revenues. Typically, the hedging standard would allow the company to use hedge accounting for natural hedges and thereby avoid volatility in the income statement because of exchange rate swings. Unfortunately, under Indian GAAP, hedge accounting is not permitted when they contradict a standard that is notified under the Companies Act. Under Indian GAAP, such exchange gains and losses are recognised in the income statement creating an unnecessary volatility in the income statement, though the company has a 100% natural hedge.
Too many cooks spoil the broth
Consider this – a listed parent entity grants stock option to the employees of its subsidiary. Accounting for stock options is covered under both SEBI’s Guidelines and ICAI’s Guidance Note. ICAI’s guidance note requires the subsidiary company to recognise the expense on share based options irrespective of whether the subsidiary has any settlement obligation towards the parent. As per SEBI Guidelines applicable to listed entities, the parent records the compensation cost. These conflicting requirements create confusion and provide arbitrage to entities, and results in inconsistent application of the principles.
A duck will quack even if you call it a cat
Yes, a duck is a duck. Consider this. Many loans with a defined term and a guaranteed interest rate are structured as preference capital issued under the Companies Act, so that they are classified as share capital under the Indian GAAP. This vitiates the true debt equity ratio of the company. Further, the interest payments are treated as dividends to be appropriated from the P&L account rather than a charge to the P&L account. This is possible because Indian GAAP takes a view that when preparing financial statements, the Companies Act requirements will override accounting requirement of ‘substance over form’. The author believes that accounting should reflect the substance of a transaction. This should not be seen as overriding the legislation, which has been drafted for a different purpose and objective.
Remember the world is changing rapidly
Though the world has changed and is changing rapidly, Indian GAAP remains in the medieval ages. Consider this. Though financial instruments are rampant, the accounting standards relating to financial instruments are not yet notified under the Companies Act. As a result, there has been a lot of confusion, inconsistency and misuse of accounting principles. Under Indian GAAP, a company can structure a loan received from a bank on the pledge of the shares of its subsidiary as a sale of shares, with a right to buy back the same in the future at an agreed price. Typically, this is a financing transaction, but under Indian GAAP one could recognise the sale of the investment and recognise the buy back of the investment in the future. This practice could lead to recognising profit on sale of the investments, not recognising the loan and the corresponding interest expense on the books and obtaining deconsolidation and consolidation at convenience.
Fitting a square peg in a round hole
Financial statements have many uses, but the real objective of any general purpose framework is to provide investors and capital providers with information that is useful for taking decisions. An investor in an investment property company wants to know the fair value of the investment property portfolio, for decision making. The tax authorities are not concerned with the fair values, as they would typically tax rentals or realised capital gains. Standard setters should draft standards for capital providers. Drafting standards that will meet requirements of both capital providers and tax authorities, is like fitting a square peg in a round hole.
There are many travesties under Indian GAAP. The role of robust accounting standards should not be underestimated, in creating a climate of trust for investment. Only when nations create trust, they can raise capital locally and globally. It’s key to providing energy, food, water, education, employment, health and alleviating poverty. Having a variety of accounting standards across the world creates confusion, encourages errors and facilitates frauds. Having a single set of high standards, like IFRS, creates clarity, enhances confidence in financial statements and results in reduced costs of capital.
State Bank of Mauritius Ltd v DDIT [2012] 25 taxman.com 555 (Mumbai) Article 7(3) of India-Mauritius DTAA; Sections 14A, 43B of I T Act Asst Year: 1999-2000 Decided on: 03 October 2012
Facts:
The taxpayer was a banking company incorporated in Mauritius and entitled to benefit of India-Mauritius DTAA.
The taxpayer had claimed deduction in respect of bonus. However, tax auditors had reported that a part of the amount was not paid on or before the due date of filing of return of income. Accordingly, the AO disallowed the same u/s. 43B of I T Act. Further, the taxpayer had borrowed funds from RBI and invested in tax-free bonds and claimed exemption in respect of interest from the same. Hence, the AO disallowed certain amount u/s. 14A of I T Act as interest on the borrowed funds despite the taxpayer having provided funds flow statement to the AO to demonstrate that it had adequate interest free funds available with it and hence no disallowance should be made.
Held:
The Tribunal observed and held as follows.
(i) Disallowance u/s. 43B
In terms of Article 7(3) of DTAA, for determining profits of a PE, all the expenses incurred for the business of the PE are to be deducted3. Unlike several other DTAAs where Article 7(3) is restrictive, as India-Mauritius DTAA does not have such restrictive clause, expenditure incurred for the purpose of a PE is to be allowed in full. Accordingly, disallowance cannot be effected u/s. 43B.
(ii) Disallowance u/s. 14A
There is a fundamental distinction between disallowance u/s. 14A and other disallowance provisions under business income head, since the other disallowances are in respect of expenses which are otherwise deductible. However, in contrast, section 14A at the threshold snatches away deductibility of expenses incurred in relation to an exempt income.
For instance, in terms of Article 7(4), profits cannot be attributed to a PE by reason of mere purchase of goods. The question is, if no profit can be attributed, whether expenses can be claimed? Obviously, if no profit is included in ‘business profits’, no expenses can be deducted. On the same logic, as interest on tax free bonds is not included in ‘business profits’, expenses pertaining to that cannot be allowed as deduction.
Since the taxpayer borrowed funds for investing in tax free bonds and on the next day repaid the interest bearing funds out of its interest free funds, and also since the taxpayer had sufficient profit from business operations for the year, disallowance of interest should be restricted to interest for only one day.
National Petroleum Construction Company v ADIT (International Taxation) [2012] 26 taxmann.com 50 (Delhi – Trib.) Asst Year: 2007-08 Date of Order: 05-01-2012 Before Shamim Yahya (AM) and A D Jain (JM)
Facts:
The taxpayer was a company incorporated in, and a tax-resident of, UAE. The taxpayer was awarded a contract by ONGC under international competitive bidding. The contract had two distinct components: (i) designing, fabrication and supply of platform to be carried out exclusively in Abu Dhabi and (ii) installation and commissioning of the erected platform in India. RBI had granted its approval to the taxpayer to set up a project office (“PO”) in India to undertake the entire project. In earlier years as well as in the year under consideration, the taxpayer had shown its PO as its PE.
The taxpayer fabricated the platform in Abu Dhabi and got it certified by ONGC’s approved surveyors. Thereafter, it was brought to India and handed over to ONGC. The taxpayer had engaged a consultant for gathering information, representation and other related services and constituted its dependent agent’s PE.
According to the taxpayer, the work relating to designing, fabrication and supply of platform was performed and completed outside India. Further, it did not have an installation PE in India since installation and commissioning activity was carried out for less than nine months. Hence, the income relating to designing, fabrication and supply was not taxable in India.
The issues before the tribunal were as follows.
(i) Whether the taxpayer had a PE in India?
(ii) Whether a composite contract can be divided in different parts?
(iii) Whether income from offshore supplies was taxable in India?
(iv) Whether section 44BB of I T Act applied to the taxpayer?
Held:
The Tribunal observed and held as follows.
(i) PE in India
Fixed base PE
In earlier years as well as in the year under consideration, the taxpayer had shown its project office, which was approved by RBI to undertake entire project, as its PE. Under India-UAE DTAA, a PO is not a PE if it is involved in ancillary and auxiliary activity. The taxpayer had not adduced any evidence, to establish that the PO had undertaken only such activities.
During the negotiations, employees of the taxpayer had attended meeting s with ONGC and the taxpayer has not disputed that they were employees of its PO. The taxpayer was a non-resident and had undertaken a contract which continued for almost two years1. It was not possible to execute contract of such duration without having any fixed place of business in India.
Hence, the project office was the PE.
Dependent Agent PE
The AO had found that the consultant was actively involved in the project since pre-bidding meetings, hard core marketing and business development and till finalisation of the contract and was not merely assisting in collecting information as claimed by the taxpayer. Further, the employees of the consultant were attending meetings on behalf of the taxpayer2. Also, there was considerable cogency in the AO’s arguments that the consultant worked wholly and exclusively for the assessee, which is a precondition for dependent agent permanent establishment.
Hence, the consultant was dependent agent PE of the taxpayer in India.
Installation PE
In terms of the OECD commentary, if a contractor subcontracts parts of a project to a sub-contractor, the period spent by the sub-contractor must be considered as being time spent by the main contractor itself. The taxpayer had sub-contracted pre-engineering and preconstruction surveys. Hence, the performance of the taxpayer commenced with establishment of project office and pre-engineering/pre-construction surveys. Accordingly, the PE existed from the date of award of the contract to the taxpayer as the site was available since then for survey, etc.
Hence, the contention of the taxpayer that PE existed only after the platform landed in India was not correct and accordingly, the taxpayer had installation PE in India.
(ii) Whether contract was divisible
While the contract could be construed as an umbrella contract, it was a divisible contract since the consideration for various activities was separately stated. Also, either party could withdraw or abandon the contract without making entire payment or refunding the amount received. ONGC had the discretion to take the platform without having it installed by the taxpayer. In such a case, the taxpayer would not be entitled to the consideration for installation and commissioning. Similarly, if the taxpayer abandoned the contract, it would not be bound to refund the amount received towards executed work. All these factors indicated that it was not a turnkey contract.
(iii) Income attributable to PE
The scope of work involved sequential activities and the contract provided separate payment for these activities. Design, engineering, procurement and fabrication operations were carried on outside India.
The platform was fabricated in Abu Dhabi. Though possession was handed over to ONGC in India, the title passed outside of India and in the event of loss during transportation, the payee under the insurance policy was ONGC .
While the taxpayer had a PE in respect of installation and commissioning, it did not have a PE in respect of installation and fabrication. Only income from activities carried on in India could be attributed to PE in India. Hence, only profits in respect of installation and commissioning could be attributed to the PE and the profits attributable to fabrication of platform outside India were not taxable in India.
(iv) Applicability of section 44BB
As installation of the platform cannot be regarded as a “facility in connection with the prospecting for, of extraction or production of mineral oils”, it does not fall u/s. 44BB of I T Act.
Depreciation – Goodwill is an intangible asset under Explanation 3(b) of section 32(1) of the Act and is entitled to depreciation under that section.
Entries in books of accounts – the manner in which the assessee maintains its accounts is not conclusive for deciding the nature of expenditure.
The following three questions of laws were raised before the Supreme Court:
1. Whether Stock Exchange Membership Cards are assets eligible for depreciation u/s. 32 of the Income Tax Act, 1961? Whether, on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, deletion of Rs.53,84,766/- has been made correctly?
2. Whether goodwill is an asset within the meaning of section 32 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, and whether depreciation on ‘goodwill’ is allowable under the said section?
3. The third question raised was regarding cancellation of disallowance of an amount of Rs.83,02,976/- as a bad debt.
The Supreme Court held that the first question was covered by the decision in the case of Techno Shares and Stocks Ltd. [(2010) 327 ITR 323 (SC) ], in favour of the assessee. With regard to the second question, the Supreme Court noted that the facts were as under: In accordance with Scheme of Amalgamation of YSN Shares & Securities (P) Ltd. with Smifs Securities Ltd. (duly sanctioned by Hon’ble High Courts of Bombay and Calcutta) with retrospective effect from 1st April, 1998, assets and liabilities of YSN Shares & Securities (P) Ltd, were transferred to and vest in the company. In the process, goodwill had arisen in the books of the company.
The excess consideration paid by the assessee over the value of net assets acquired of YSN Shares and Securities Private Limited [Amalgamating Company] was considered as goodwill arising on amalgamation. It was claimed that the extra consideration was paid towards the reputation which the Amalgamating Company was enjoying in order to retain its existing clientele.
The Assessing Officer held that goodwill was not an asset falling under Explanation 3 to section 32(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 [‘Act’ for short]. The Supreme Court after adverting to the provisions of Explanation 3 to section 32(1) of the Act held that ‘Goodwill’ was an intangible asset under Explanation 3(b) to section 32(1) of the Act. The Supreme Court observed that in the present case, the Assessing Officer, as a matter of fact, had come to the conclusion that no amount was actually paid on account of goodwill. This was a factual finding.
The Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) had come to the conclusion that the authorized representatives had filed copies of the Orders of the High Court ordering amalgamation of the above two Companies; that the assets and liabilities of M/s. YSN Shares and Securities Private Limited were transferred to the assessee for a consideration; that the difference between the cost of an asset and the amount paid constituted goodwill and that the assessee-Company in the process of amalgamation had acquired a capital right in the form of goodwill because of which the market worth of the assessee- Company stood increased. This finding had also been upheld by Income Tax Appellate Tribunal. According to the Supreme Court, there was no reason to interfere with the factual finding. The Supreme Court further observed that against the decision of ITAT, the Revenue had preferred an appeal to the High Court in which it had raised only the question as to whether goodwill is an asset u/s. 32 of the Act. In the circumstances, before the High Court, the Revenue had not filed an appeal on the finding of fact referred to hereinabove. So far as the third question is concerned, the Supreme Court noted that the argument on behalf of the revenue was that, since the Tax Audit Report indicated that the amounts have been incurred on capital account, the assessee was not entitled to deduction of bad debt.
The Supreme Court observed that both the CIT(A) as well as the ITAT had concluded that the assessee had satisfied the provisions of section 36(1)(vii) of the Act. They held that bad debt claimed by the assessee was incurred in the normal course of business and, therefore, the assessee was entitled to deduction u/s. 36(1)(vii). The Supreme Court held that it is well settled now by a catena of decisions that the manner in which the assessee maintains its accounts is not conclusive for deciding the nature of expenditure.
The Supreme Court held that in the present case, the concerned finding of facts recorded by the authorities below indicated that the assessee was entitled to deduction in the course of business u/s. 36(1)(vii) of the Act.
Interest – Whether interest is payable by the Revenue to the assessee if the aggregate of installments of Advance tax/TDS paid exceed the assessed tax is a question of law – Correctness of the judgement in Sandvik Asia Ltd. v. CIT doubted.
The question that was before the Supreme Court was – whether interest is payable by the Revenue to the assessee, if the aggregate of installments of Advance Tax/TDS paid exceeds the assessed tax? The Supreme Court observed that advance tax is leviable in the very year in which income accrues or arises. It is normally paid in three installments. A similar situation arises in the case of TDS. It is Tax Deductible at source which is also called as ‘withholding tax’ u/s. 195 of the Act. Broadly, both Advance Tax as well as TDS are based on estimation of income by the assessee.
Before the Supreme Court, the assessee relied upon the decision in Sandvik Asia Ltd. v. CIT (2006)280 ITR 643(SC). The Supreme Court noted that it was a case relating to payment of advance tax. The main issue which arose for determination in Sandvik Asia was; whether the assessee was entitled to be compensated by the Revenue for delay in paying to it the amounts admittedly due. The Supreme Court observed that the argument in Sandvik Asia on behalf of the assessee was that, it was entitled to compensation by way of interest for the delay in payments of the amounts lawfully due to it which were wrongly withheld for a long period of seventeen years and that the Division Bench of the Supreme Court vide Para 23 had held that in view of the express provisions of the Act, the assessee was entitled to compensation by way of interest for the delay in payment of the amounts lawfully due to the assessee, which were withheld wrongly by the Revenue.
The Supreme Court, with due respect to the decision in Sandvik Asia, was of the view that section 214 of the Act does not provide for payment of compensation by revenue to the assessee in whose favour a refund order has been passed. According to the Supreme Court, in Sandvik Asia, interest was ordered on the basis of equity and also on the basis of Article 265 of the Constitution.
The Supreme Court however, expressed serious doubts about the correctness of the judgment in Sandvik Asia. According to the Supreme Court, its judgment in Modi Industries Ltd. v. CIT [1995 (6) SCC 396] has correctly held that advance tax or TDS loses its identity as soon as it is adjusted against the liability created by the Assessment order and becomes tax paid pursuant to the Assessment order. The Supreme Court questioned that – if advance tax or TDS loses its identity and becomes tax paid on the passing of the assessment order then, is the assessee not entitled to interest under the relevant provisions of the Act? The Supreme Court referred to the provisions of sections 195(1), 195A, 214, 219, 237, and 244, which stood at the relevant time and were of the view that Sandvik Asia has not been correctly decided. The Supreme Court directed the Registry to place the matter before the Hon’ble Chief Justice on the administrative side for appropriate orders.
Reassessment – An assessment cannot be reopened on the basis of change of opinion.
The petitioner, a limited company, was engaged in the business of carrying on various non-banking financial activities. An assessment order for the assessment year 1999-2000 was passed u/s. 143(3) on 28-3-2002 determining total income at Rs.27.72 crore. A notice u/s. 148 was issued on 27-3-2006 (after expiry of four years from the end of the assessment year) for reopening assessment. In the reasons recorded for reopening the assessment, it was stated that from the accounts it was noted that petitioner had a incurred a loss in trading in share. After discussing the various entries appearing in the opening and closing stocks and purchases and sales of those stocks it was concluded that there was a loss of Rs.19.86 crore and that loss was a speculative one and not allowable as deduction.
Accordingly, it was alleged that income to the extent of Rs.19.86 crore had escaped assessment. On a writ petition filed by the petitioner before the Bombay High Court, it was held that there was nothing new which had come to the notice of the revenue. Under the proviso to section 147, it was not possible to reopen the assessment on merely a relook of the accounts. The High Court quashed the notice dated 27-3-2006 (W.P.No.1919 of 2006 dated 28-2-2006). Being aggrieved, the revenue approached the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court observed that the assessee had disclosed full details in the return in the matter of its dealing in stocks and shares. The Supreme Court noted that according to the assessee, the loss was a business loss, whereas according to the revenue, the loss incurred was a speculative loss. The Supreme Court was of the opinion that reopening of the assessment was clearly based on a change of opinion and in the circumstances, reopening of the assessment was not maintainable.
Tax Residency Certificate [TRC]
The Finance Act, 2012
introduced new provisions viz Section 90(4) and 90A(4) in the Income-tax
Act, 1961 (the Act) which states that a non – resident tax payer to
whom a tax treaty is applicable shall not be entitled to claim relief
under such tax treaty unless a certificate, containing prescribed
particulars stating that he is resident in any country outside India is
obtained by him from the government of that foreign country.
The
memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2012 (the
memorandum) specified that the amended Section 90(4) and 90A(4) will
come into effect from 1st April, 2013 i.e. Assessment Year 2013-14.
The
following sub-section (4) inserted after sub-section (3) of section 90
and 90A by the Finance Act, 2012, w.e.f. 1st April, 2013, reads as
under:
Section 90 – “(4) An assessee, not being a resident, to
whom an agreement referred to in sub-section (1) applies, shall not be
entitled to claim any relief under such agreement unless a certificate,
containing such particulars as may be prescribed, of his being a
resident in any country outside India or specified territory outside
India, as the case may be, is obtained by him from the Government of
that country or specified territory.”
Section 90A – “(4) An
assessee, not being a resident, to whom the agreement referred to in
sub-section (1) applies, shall not be entitled to claim any relief under
such agreement unless a certificate, containing such particulars as may
be prescribed, of his being a resident in any specified territory
outside India, is obtained by him from the Government of that specified
territory.”
Thus, it is observed that the language of sections 90(4) and 90A(4) is identical.
2.Objective
The
objective behind the introduction of the amendment is explained in the
Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2012, as
follows:
“It is noticed that in many instances that, taxpayers
who are not tax residents of a contracting country do claim benefit
under the DTAA entered into by the Government with the country. Thereby,
even third party residents claim unintended treaty benefit.
Therefore,
it is proposed to amend Section 90 and Section 90A of the Act to make
submission of Tax Residency Certificate containing prescribed
particulars, as a necessary but not sufficient condition for availing
benefits of the agreements referred to in these sections.”
Thus, the object is to prevent unintended recipients from availing of the benefit of a DTAA.
The
amendments come into force w.e.f. 1st April, 2013. The Explanatory
Memorandum clarifies that the provisions are applicable with effect from
Assessment Year 2013-14. Hence, it should not be applicable to
assessments up to Assessment Year 2012-13, even if the assessment is
pending as on 1st April, 2013.
3. Effective date of introduction of Rule 21AB
In
view of contradictory and confusing rules of interpretation regarding
effective date of amendment of / introduction of a rule and varying
judicial interpretations thereof, the effective date of the requirement of obtaining TRC with prescribed details, is a matter of confusion and uncertainty in the minds of the tax payers. Queries have been raised by non-residents, resident payers and their tax consultants with regard to effective date of the TRC requirements imposed w.e.f. 1st April, 2013 by the said notification dated 17th September, 2012.
As pointed out earlier, section 90(4) and 90A(4) have been made effective from assessment year 2013-14, but the relevant rules in respect thereof have been notified on 17th September, 2012 providing that the same would be effective from 1st April, 2013. If it is interpreted that the newly inserted rule 21AB is effective from assessment year 2013- 14 [financial year 2012-13] then for the period 1st April, 2012 to 16th Septemberr, 2012, it is impossible for any tax deductor to obtain the TRC having prescribed particulars for the aforesaid period, as the same were notified only on 17th September, 2012. Therefore, a more prudent and plausible interpretation of the effective date of the rule 21AB should be that it would be applicable for the assessment year 2014-15 [previous year 2013-14] onwards.
The CBDT would do well to clarify that the requirement would apply for remittances to be effected on or after 1st April, 2013 i.e. assessment year 2014-15, so as not to cause hardships and the consequent litigation for the tax payers/ tax deductors and in particular, to provide a window of time to the non-residents to obtain the TRC.
4. Impact of Introduction of Sections 90(4) and 90A(4)
4.1 The requirement applies to all Non Residents, whether Individuals, Companies, LLPs, etc., irrespective of the quantum of relief to be obtained. The requirement would apply only if a relief is to be obtained under a tax treaty. A TRC is not required if no relief is to be obtained under a Tax Treaty. To illustrate, if a resident of UK is to receive royalty from an Indian resident, section 115A provides that the royalty will be charged to tax @ 10% and the India-UK DTAA provides for a tax rate of 15%; the provisions of the Act will be applicable since they are more beneficial to him [Section 90(2)] and the assessee will not be obtaining any relief under the DTAA. In such a case, he will not be required to obtain a TRC.
4.2 Consequences of obtaining a TRC
If a Non-resident obtains and furnishes a TRC, what are the consequences? Are the Tax Authorities debarred from making any further enquiries regarding his residential status? Can the A.O. further examine as to whether the non – resident is really a resident of the Foreign Country under Article 4 of the Tax Treaty with that country? There are 2 views in the matter. According to one view, in spite of the TRC, the A.O. is empowered to make further enquiries to reach a conclusion that the Non-resident is not a Resident of the Other Country issuing the TRC as there is nothing in Section 90(4) to explicitly provide that the TRC will be sufficient for establishing the Residential Status of a Non-resident. According to the other view, the A.O. is required to accept the TRC as conclusive and that he cannot go behind it so far as the Residential Status is concerned. The second view seems to be supported by the decision of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs Azadi Bachao Andolan (2003) 263 ITR 706 (SC) upholding the validity of CBDT Circular No. 789 dated 13th April, 2000.
4.3 Net of Tax Payment
In case of net of tax payment due under a contract with a Non-resident, it is the duty of the payer to calculate the tax liability correctly. Therefore, it would appear that the payer needs to obtain a TRC from the payee, in such cases also. However, in case of absence of Payee’s PAN No., if the payer is discharging his liability under the provisions of Section 206AA, it would appear that the payer need not obtain a TRC from the payee, since no relief is being claimed under the relevant Tax Treaty.
4.4 Time for obtaining the TRC for resident tax deductors u/s 195
In a case where a resident is required to make a payment to a non-resident after deducting tax u/s 195 after 17th September, 2012, in order to avoid confusion relating to effective date of the rule 21AB regarding TRC requirements and consequent litigation, it would be prudent for a tax deductor to insist that the non-resident payee furnishes TRC containing prescribed particulars before the remittance is made by the tax deductor, allowing any relief under the applicable tax treaty.
In a situation, where the non-resident payee has applied for the TRC but the TRC could not be obtained by it prior to effecting the remittance, due to procedural requirements or delays, in view of the language of section 90(4)/90A(4), would it be proper for the tax deductor to rely on a self-declaration furnished by the non-resident payee containing relevant particulars available with the payee and after receiving the TRC the same is submitted to the tax deductor? Would it be in order for a Chartered Accountant to issue a certificate u/s 195(6) in Form 15CB based in any such self declaration?
On a strict interpretation of the language of section 90(4)/90A(4) which provides that the non-resident “shall not be entitled to claim any relief under such agreement unless a certificate, containing such particulars as may be prescribed, of his being a resident in any country outside India or specified territory outside India, as the case may be, is obtained by him”, it appears that neither a certificate can be issued by a Chartered Accountant in Form 15CB considering the relief under relevant DTAA, nor the payer can consider the provisions of a DTAA at the time of making the remittance.
This could cause practical difficulties in a large no. of cases of remittance to non-residents and also seriously impact the smooth conduct of business. An immediate clarification by the CBDT in this regard would go a long way in reconciling compliance with the statutory requirements and facilitating the remittance without causing hardships to the concerned business entities.
5. CBDT Notification
To operationalise the said amendments, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) has issued notification No. S.O. 2188 (E) dated 17th September, 2012 w.e.f. 01st April, 2013 which prescribes that certain details should be included in the TRC to be obtained by the non – resident to claim tax treaty benefit. Further, the CBDT also notifies the Form 10FA and Form 10FB for resident of India to obtain TRC from the Assessing Officer (AO).
5.1 Non Resident to obtain TRC from respective foreign country / specified territory
i) The prescribed Rule 21AB does not provide for any specific or standard format for the TRC. However, it provides that the TRC issued should contain the following particulars, namely:
(a) Name of the taxpayer
(b) Status (individual, company, firm etc.) of the taxpayer.
(c) Nationality (in case if individual)
(d) Country or specified territory of incorporation or registration (in case of others)
(e) Taxpayer’s tax identification number in the country or specified territory of residence or in case no such number, then, a unique number on the basis of which the person is identified by the Government of the country or the specified territory.
(f) Residential Status for the purposes of tax
(g) Period for which the certificate is applicable
(h) Address of the applicant for the period for which the certificate is applicable.
ii) The Certificate shall be duly verified by the Government of the country or the specified territory of which the taxpayer is a resident for the purposes of tax. However, the format of the verification has not been prescribed.
The contents of a TRC to be obtained by a Non Resident are rather simple and straight forward and do not appear to be very intrusive or onerous. The Non Resident can easily furnish the particulars required to obtain the TRC from his country / territory of residence. Further, it appears that the TRC can be obtained in advance for a given period.
However, as the requirement of obtaining TRC may be construed to be applicable from the Accounting Year commencing from 1st April, 2012, the questions may arise about the fate of transactions which have been concluded without obtaining the TRC prior to 17th September, 2012. The CBDT needs to clarify that it would be in order if the Non Resident payee obtains and furnishes the TRC to the payer after the transaction is concluded or the payment has been made to him by the Resident payer.
5.2 Resident to obtain TRC from Indian Government
Rule 21AB of the Rules also prescribes specified form for residents to obtain a TRC from the respective AO. The taxpayer, being resident of India, shall, for obtaining a TRC for the purposes of the tax treaty, make an application in Form No. 10FA to the A.O., giving the following particulars:
(a) Full Name and address of the assessee
(b) Status (state whether individual, Hindu undivided family, firm, body of individuals, company etc)
(c) Nationality (in case of individual
(d) Country of incorporation/registration
(e) Address of the assessee during the period for which TRC is desired
(f) Email ID
(g) Permanent Account Number/Tax Deduction Account Number (if applicable)
(h) Basis on which the status of being resident in India is claimed
(i) Period for which the TRC is applicable
(j) Purpose of obtaining TRC
(k) Any other detail.
The application form along with supporting documents (not specified) has to be submitted to the AO. The New Rule provides that the AO, on receipt of the application and on being satisfied of the particulars contained therein, should issue the TRC to the resident assessee in Form 10FB. Time limit for issue of the TRC by the A.O. has not been specified.
It is worth noting that there is no mandatory requirement in the various tax treaties signed by India for obtaining a TRC by the Non Residents containing prescribed particulars. Is it proper for the Government of India to unilaterally impose such a requirement upon the non-residents?
Auditor Holmes — SEBI’s forensic accounting team is a welcome move to expose frauds
Even if it comes a century after Holmes, SEBI’s move to form a separate forensic accounting team to detect fraudulent transactions of companies is welcome. An in-house team will strengthen investigation and force companies to improve their corporate governance.
So, SEBI’s move to ready a cadre of forensic accountants with specialised skill-sets is a good idea. Surely, these auditors can identify, expose and prevent weaknesses in areas such as poor corporate governance, flawed internal controls and fraudulent financial statements.
The Office of the Chief Accountant in the US Securities and Exchange Commission, for example, assists other departments in investigation and ensures that financial statements are presented fairly to investors. The forensic accounting team in SEBI can play a similar role. In any case, better late than never.
(Source: The Economic Times, dated 1-3-2012) (Comme n t s : Do we h a v e e n o u g h we l l – t r a i n e d a n d experienced Forensic Accountants/Auditors? What are we doing to assemble such a Team of Forensic Auditors?)
Interest – Before any amount paid is construed to be interest, it has to be established that the same is payable in respect of debt incurred – Discounting charges paid for getting the export bill discounted is not interest within the ambit of section 2(28A) – SLP dismissed.
In the assessment year 2004-05, the respondentassessee filed the income tax return declaring the income at 1.14 crore. During the assessment proceedings, the Assessing Office (AO) noticed that the assessee had paid a sum of Rs.3.97 crore to its associate concern, M/s. Cargil Financial Services Asia Pvt. Ltd. (CFSA), Singapore on account of discounting charges for getting the export sale bill discounted. The AO was of the view that the discounting charges were nothing but the interest within the ambit of section 2(28A) of the Income Tax Act (for brevity ‘the Act’). Since the assessee had not deducted tax at source u/s. 195 of the Act, he invoked the provisions of section 40(a)(i) of the Act, and disallowed the sum of Rs.3.97 crore claimed by the assessee u/s. 37(1) of the Act.
CIT(A) deleted the addition holding that the discount paid by the assessee to CFSA cannot be held to be interest and therefore, provisions of section 40(a)(i) of the Act would not apply. Accordingly, he allowed the expenditure of Rs.3.97 crore as claimed by the assessee.
The Revenue did not accept the aforesaid decision of the CIT(A) and therefore, challenged the same by filing the appeal before the Tribunal, which was unsuccessful as the Tribunal affirmed the order of the CIT(A). The Tribunal observed that discounting charges were not in the nature of interest paid by the assessee, rather the assessee had received net amount of bill of exchange accepted by the purchaser after deducting amount of discount. Since CFSA was having no permanent establishment in India, it was not liable to tax in respect of such amount earned by it and therefore, the assessee was not under an obligation to deduct tax at source u/s. 195 of the Act. Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the said discounting charges could not be disallowed by the AO by invoking section 40(a)(i) of the Act.
On an appeal by the Revenue, the Delhi High Court [ITXA No.331 of 2011 dated 17-2-2011] observed that before any amount paid is construed as interest, it has to be established that the same is payable in respect of any money borrowed or debt incurred. According to the High Court, on the facts appearing on record, the Tribunal had rightly held that the discounting charges paid were not in respect of any debt incurred or money borrowed. Instead, the assessee had merely discounted the sale consideration received on sale of goods.
The High Court held that no substantial question of law arose, as the matter was already settled by the dicta of the Supreme Court in Vijay Ship Breaking Corporation v. CIT [(2008) 219 CTR 639 (sc)] as well as clarification of CBDT in Circular No. 674 dated 22-3-1993 itself.
The Supreme Court dismissed the Special Leave Petition filed by the revenue against the aforesaid order of the Delhi High Court.
Transforming transfers
Ark full of books to help tide over digital disaster
As society embraces all forms of digital entertainment, this latter-day Noah is looking the other way. A Silicon Valley entrepreneur who made his fortune selling a data-mining company to Amazon. com in 1999, Kahle founded and runs the Internet Archive, a non-profit organisation devoted to preserving Web pages — 150 billion so far — and making texts more widely available.
But though he started his archiving in the digital realm, he now wants to save physical texts, too. “We must keep the past even as we’re inventing a new future. If the Library of Alexandria had made a copy of every book and sent it to India or China, we’d have the other works of Aristotle, the other plays of Euripides. One copy in one institution is not good enough,” he said.
EPFO to begin end of Inspector Raj
“At present, if there is any complaint then the enforcement officer goes and does the inspection. In some cases, his personal biases and prejudice colour his work. We want to eliminate that,” said a senior official. Corruption cases against EPFO employees have been on the rise in recent months. Last July, the Central Bureau of Investigation registered cases against nine senior officials of the EPFO for causing a loss to the exchequer amounting to Rs.169 crore.
Veritas says DLF accounting, biz model suspect
Canadian research firm Veritas has slammed realty major DLF Ltd, calling its accounting practices ‘conflicting’ and pointing at gaps in its business model — charges the company termed ‘mischievous and presumptive’. Earlier, Veritas Investment Research had come out with damaging reports on other Indian firms, including Reliance Industries, Reliance Communications and Kingfisher Airlines.
Veritas has said DLF’s stock is at best worth Rs.100, and the company may have to recast its loan. DLF said “the company adhered to the highest standards of corporate governance and financial integrity”. “We do not generally comment on individual research reports. However, this report in question is presumptive and mischievous as the analysts have never contacted the company to seek any information or clarification,” a DLF spokesperson said . “The audited financials of the company are always in the
Culture and perception of time
• Westerners like to schedule multiple business meetings during their work day, viewing these as transactional in nature. Asians prefer fewer but longer meetings, using them ‘to know’ their business partners as building trust is extremely important, especially in the initial rounds of discussions and negotiations.
• In eastern societies, including India, people of higher rank may make those of lower rank/ vendors wait for them, subtly displaying their authority and power in the business relationship, whereas in Western cultures this is considered rude and unprofessional.
• Eastern cultures are increasingly aping the western perception of time. This is due to the fact that cultures where punctuality is non-negotiable are clearly more economically advanced than those where time is flexible.
In India today, we are at an interesting crossroad. On one hand most multinational and progressive Indian firms are already operating on the western pattern where punctuality is critical while several Indian companies (both big and small) continue to retain the eastern perception of time. My view — know your client’s culture before you do business with them.
Clarifications regarding Annexures to be submitted by Developers
In extension of requirements of Trade Circular No.14T of 2012 dated 6-8-2012, the developer shall submit year wise annexure showing the working of his tax liability up to the period ending 31-10-2012 after uploading returns.
Format for the annexures given on website and it is to be sent as attachment to email builderscell@ gmail.com.
Extension of dates for Grant of Registration, ADM Relief and payment of taxes etc.
Extension of dates for Grant of Registration, ADM Relief and payment of taxes etc. as per Trade Circular No.14T of 2012 dated 6-8-2012.
Vide Trade Circular No.14T of 2012 dated 6-8-2012, the Commissioner has announced grant of administrative relief to builders and developers. If the builders and developers are not registered under the VAT Act, then they were required to apply for VAT TIN on or before 16-8-2012 which is extended to 15-10-2012. Further, they are also required to pay all taxes and upload all the returns from 20-6-2006 till date and apply for administrative relief on or before 31-8-2012 which is extended to 31-10-2012.
Taxability of Furnishing Cloth notified under entry 101 of Schedule C appended to MVAT Act, 2002
Vide this Circular, the Commissioner has explained the implications of Notification issued to levy tax on Furnishing cloth.
Due date for filing ST-3 Return extended to 25th November, 2012
CBEC vide this Order has extended the due date for submission of the return in ST-3 for the period 1st April 2012 to 30th June 2012, from 25th October, 2012 to 25th November, 2012.
ST-3 Return for the period April to June, 2012
A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 19 dated 28th August, 2012
– Limited two way fungibilty. Presently, automatic fungibility of IDR is not permitted. This circular, subject to compliance with SEBI (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2009, permits a limited two way fungibility for IDR. It imposes an overall ceiling of INRNaN billion on raising of capital by foreign companies by issuance of IDR. It also states that re-issuance of IDR would be allowed only to the extent of IDR that have been redeemed/converted into underlying shares and sold.
Refund of stamp duty — Withdrawal of document from being registered — Karnataka Stamp Act, sections 52 and 52A.
The case of the petitioner is that he intended to purchase property. The deed of conveyance was executed on 30-9-2008 with the owner of the property one Smt. Kusum Thayal. The petitioner purchased the stamp duty of Rs.10,51,875 and presented the sale deed by using the said stamp duty along with payment of registration charges of Rs.1,23,750.
It was the case of the petitioner that both the amounts, towards registration fee and the stamp duty have been paid by way of Demand Draft. However, due to some litigation and difficulty in the title of the ownership, which the petitioner claims to have noticed subsequently, the sale deed could not be registered. As a result the petitioner requested for withdrawal of the document and also the registration of the sale deed from the Sub-Registrar Office on 23-11-2009 and requested for refund of the entire stamp duty and the registration charges.
Thereafter an impugned Govt. order is passed in exercise of the powers conferred u/s.52-A of the Karnataka Stamp Act, 1957 holding that the petitioner was entitled for refund after deducting 25 paise per rupee on the amount paid towards stamp duty.
The Court observed that there was nothing in Rules 193 and 194 of the Karnataka Registration Rules, 1965 which confers a right on the petitioner to seek refund of the amount of stamp duty paid towards registration. Rule 193(i) of the Karnataka Registration Rules, 1965 states that before an order of registration is passed, if the party makes a request in writing to the Registering Officer seeking to withdraw the document from being registered, then the officer concerned may pass an order to that effect permitting such withdrawal whereupon, one half of the registration fee and all the copying fees in respect of such document can be refunded. Therefore, Rules 193 and 194 of the Karnataka Registration Rules, 1965 do not come to the aid of the petitioner, nor do they clothe him with a right to seek refund of the stamp duty. The relevant provisions which may come to the help of the petitioner was sections 52 and 52-A of the Karnataka Stamp Act, 1957 (i.e., Allowance for stamps not required for use).
It was brought to the notice of the Court that a Govt. order dated 21-2-2009 in exercise of the powers conferred u/s.52A of the Karnataka Stamp Act, 1957 and on the basis of the recommendation made by the 2nd respondent, the State Govt. has specified the amount to be deducted while refunding the stamp duty paid by the concerned person regarding the document presented for registration which has been subsequently withdrawn that can be classified as spoiled or unusable stamp. According to the said Govt. order, if an application seeking refund is made after one year but before the expiry of two years from the date of purchase of the stamp duty, the deduction shall be at 25 paise per rupee.
Neither the rules framed nor the provisions of the Karnataka Stamp Act, 1957 clothe the petitioner with any other right to seek refund of amount in excess of what has been provided as per the Govt. order dated 21-2-2009. Therefore, the present writ petitions field by the petitioner seeking refund of the entire amount of stamp duty paid, cannot be entertained.
Precedent — Unjust enrichment — Meaning — Tribunal cannot ignore the High Court decision merely because the appeal is pending in the Apex Court.
The claim for refund of excise duty pre-supposes that excise duty in excess of what is legally due has been paid. The demand on which the excise duty is paid is on the clearance of the goods. The claim for refund arises when subsequently if it is shown that what is paid is an excess of what is legally payable. Section 11-B deals with claim for refund of duty. The condition precedent for making a claim for refund of duty is that the incidence of such duty had not been passed on by the assessee to any other person. The assessee-company had raised the plea of refund of excise duty on the ground of unjust enrichment.
The said principle has been the subject-matter of interpretation by the Apex Court from time to time. A nine-Member Bench of the Apex Court in the case of Mafatlal Industries Ltd. v. Union of India reported in (1997) 89 ELT 247 (SC) has laid down the law on the point.
“The doctrine of unjust enrichment is just and statutory doctrine. No person can seek to collect the duty from both the ends. In other words, he cannot collect the duty from the purchaser at one end and also collect the same duty from the State on the ground that it has been collected from him contrary to law. The power of the Court is not meant to be exercised for unjustly enriching person. The doctrine of unjust enrichment, is, however, inapplicable to the State. State represents the people of the country. No one can speak of the people being unjustly enriched.”
A claim for refund made under the provisions of the Act can succeed only if the assessee states and establishes that he has not passed on the burden of the duty to any person/other persons. His refund claim shall be allowed/decreed only when he establishes that he has not passed on the burden of duty or to the extent he has not so passed on, as the case may. Where the burden of duty has been passed on, the claimant cannot say that he has suffered any real loss or prejudice. The real loss or prejudice is suffered in such a case by the person who has ultimately borne the burden and it is only that person who can ultimately claim its refund.
It is only if the assessee claims refund on the ground that he has not passed on the burden of duty to his customer by a specific plea and substantiating the same by producing acceptable evidence, then the appropriate authority shall direct payment of the refund amount to the assessee.
The High Court further observed that the adjudicating authority or the Appellate Authority denied relief relying on the judgment of the CESTAT in Addison’s case, when that judgment had been set aside by the Madras High Court, the Tribunal erred in following the judgment and dismissing the appeal of the assessee. Merely because the matter was pending before the Apex Court, that could not be the reason to disregard the judgment of the High Court. The High Court had set aside the judgment rendered by the CESTAT and the said judgment was not operating and therefore the Tribunal was wrong in ignoring the judgment of the Madras High Court.
Appellant, a service receiver, liable to tax under reverse charge mechanism, did not pay service tax, but paid the same when the omission was pointed out — Appellant under the impression that there was no need to pay interest — No reply to the letter of appellant regarding payment of service tax — Department initiated proceed-ings by issuing the show-cause notice and even though the appellant paid interest as soon as the show-cause notice was issued, penalties were imposed — Held, for penalty imposed for sup-pressing value of service tax, there was no need for the appellant to resort to suppression since whatever tax was to be paid they were eligible for CENVAT credit — By delaying the payment of service tax, the appellant had to pay interest on the amount which was not available as CENVAT credit — Penalty not invokable.
Rama Multi-Tech Ltd. v. Commissioner of Service Tax, Ahmedabad.
Appellant, a service receiver, liable to tax under reverse charge mechanism, did not pay service tax, but paid the same when the omission was pointed out — Appellant under the impression that there was no need to pay interest — No reply to the letter of appellant regarding payment of service tax — Department initiated proceed-ings by issuing the show-cause notice and even though the appellant paid interest as soon as the show-cause notice was issued, penalties were imposed — Held, for penalty imposed for sup-pressing value of service tax, there was no need for the appellant to resort to suppression since whatever tax was to be paid they were eligible for CENVAT credit — By delaying the payment of service tax, the appellant had to pay interest on the amount which was not available as CENVAT credit — Penalty not invokable.
Facts:
The appellant availed services of Machine Maintenance & Repair from Germany and paid the required amount to the service provider in foreign currency. The appellant did not pay service tax since the service provider did not have their office in India. They paid service tax when the omission was pointed out. The mistake occurred because the payment of service received was to be made by the head office and services were received in factory. The appellant was under the impression that they were not required to pay interest and after payment of service tax they had intimated the department about the same. No reply to this letter was received and the Department initiated proceedings by issuing the show-cause notice and even though the appellant paid the interest as soon as the show-cause notice was issued, penalties were imposed.
Held:
After receiving the intimation from the appellant, the Central Excise Officer should determine the interest payable and communicate to the appellant and if the appellant did not pay the same, they had a period of one year to issue the show-cause notice. Without intimating the appellant that he is liable to pay interest, show cause notice was issued. At least after issuance of show-cause notice when the appellant paid the amount of interest, further proceedings should have been dropped. In respect of penalty, it was held that there was no need for the appellant to resort to suppression since whatever tax was to be paid they were eligible for CENVAT credit and by delaying the payment of service tax, the appellant had to pay interest on the amount which was not available as CENVAT credit; Hence the Tribunal found no justification to sustain penalty.
Precedent — Judicial discipline — Commissioner (Appeals) must follow declaration of law by higher forum.
In a matter on interpretation of Rule 6(3)(b) of the Cenvat Credit Rules, 2004, the Tribunal observed that the Commissioner (Appeals) while granting stay held that issue was covered by earlier order of ITAT in the appellant’s own case and granted unconditional stay. However while deciding the main appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) did not follow the earlier order of the Tribunal.
The Tribunal on the above aspect observed that the Commissioner (Appeal) in his order is not disputing the fact that the issue is covered by the earlier decision of the Tribunal. However, he has observed that the Tribunal’s order relied on Mumbai High Court’s judgment in the case of M/s. Rallis India Ltd. (2009) 233 ELT 301 (Bom.) which was misplaced. The Tribunal observed that if the Revenue was aggrieved with the earlier order of the Tribunal, it was open for them to file an appeal thereagainst before higher Appellate forum. The judicial discipline requires the lower authority to follow the declaration of law by higher Appellate forum. Reference in this regard was made to Mumbai High Court’s judgment in the case of CCE, Nasik v. M/s. Jain Vanguard Polybutylene Ltd., (2010) 256 ELT 523 (Bom.) as also the Tribunal’s decision in the case of M/s. Gujarat Composite Ltd. v. CCE, Ahmedabad (2006) 195 ELT 310 (Tri. Mum.). Therefore, it was not open to the Commissioner (Appeals) to take a different view when an identical issue was decided in the same party’s case by the earlier order of the Tribunal.
A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 39 dated 9th October, 2012
Trade Credits for Imports into India – Review of all-in-cost ceiling.
This circular states that the below mentioned all-incost ceiling for trade credit for imports into India will continue till further notice: –
Maturity period |
All-in-cost ceilings over 6 months LIBOR for the respective currency of credit or applicable benchmark |
Up to 1 year |
350 basis points |
More than 1 year and up to 3 years |
|
More than 3 years and up to 5 years |
A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 36 dated 26th September, 2012
Presently, a non-resident, under the FDI Scheme, can purchase shares or convertible debentures of an Indian company based on the valuation method prescribed under paragraph 5 of Schedule 1 of Notification No. FEMA 20/2000 -RB dated May 3, 2000.
This circular has relaxed the said guidelines and permits eligible non-residents (including NRI) investors who are subscribers to Memorandum of Association of the investee company to subscribe for shares at face value.
A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 35 dated 25th September, 2012
This circular has prescribed certain additional reporting requirements both for new as well as existing LO /BO/PO. The format for reporting the information is annexed to this circular.
New LO/BO/PO
The new LO/BO/PO will have to submit the information (as per the annexed format) within 5 working days of the LO/BO/PO becoming functional to the DGP of each state in which LO/BO/PO has established its office.
Existing/New LO/BO/PO
They will have to submit a copy of the information (as per the annexed format) with the DGP of each state as well as its Bank on an annual basis along with a copy of the Annual Activity Certificate/Annual report, as the case may be.
A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 34 dated 24th September, 2012
This circular clarifies that trade credit way of Suppliers’/ Buyers’ credit, including the usance period of Letters of Credit, for import of gold in any form including jewellery made of gold/precious metals or /and studded with diamonds/semi-precious /precious stones must not exceed 90 days, from the date of shipment.
A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 32 dated September 21, 2012 Foreign investment in Single–Brand Product Retail Trading/ Multi- Brand Retail Trading/Civil Aviation Sector/ Broadcasting Sector/Power Exchanges – Amendment to the Foreign Direct Investment Scheme
Single-Brand Product Retail Trading
Press Note No. 4 has modified the existing conditions in respect of the Foreign Investment in Single- Brand Product Retail Trading by removing the Brand Ownership criteria and providing that only one non-resident entity, whether owner of the brand or otherwise, will be permitted to undertake single brand product retail trading in the country, for that specific brand. It also provides that the company receiving FDI cannot undertake retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce.
Review of the policy on Foreign Direct Investment – allowing FDI in Multi-Brand Retail Trading
Press Note No. 5 (2012 Series) dated September 20, 2012
Multi-Brand Retail Trading
Press Note No. 5 has: –
a. Substituted the list of ‘Prohibited Sectors’ i.e. sectors in which FDI is prohibited. The new Paragraph 6.1 of “Circular 1 of 2012 – Consolidated FDI Policy” issued on April 10, 2012 reads as follows: –
“6.1 Prohibited Sectors:
FDI is prohibited in:
(a) Lottery Business, including Government/ private lottery, online lotteries, etc.
(b) Gambling and Betting, including casinos etc.
(c) Chit funds
(d) Nidhi company
(e) Trading in Transferable Development Rights (TDRs)
(f) Real Estate Business or Construction of Farm Houses
(g) Manufacturing of Cigars, cheroots, cigarillos and cigarettes, of tobacco or of tobacco substitutes
(h) Activities/sectors not open to private sector investment e.g. Atomic Energy and Railway Transport (other than Mass Rapid Transport Systems).
Foreign technology collaboration in any form, including licensing for franchise, trademark, brand name, management contract, is also prohibited for Lottery Business and Gambling and Betting activities.”
b. It has inserted a new Paragraph 6.2.16.5 in the “Circular 1 of 2012 – Consolidated FDI Policy” issued on 10th April, 2012 containing the terms and conditions relating to FDI in Multi-Brand Retail Trading. The broad guidelines are: –
a. This is an enabling clause in regard to implementation of the policy and the State Governments/Union Territories will have to decide for themselves whether to permit the same or not.
b. FDI up to 51% is permitted under the Approval Route.
c. Multi-Brand retailing will be permitted in all products, subject to certain terms and conditions.
d. Minimum investment by the foreign investor will be US $ 100 million.
e. At least 50% of the total FDI will have to be invested in ‘back-end’ infrastructure, excluding land cost and rentals, within 3 years of bringing in the 1st tranche of FDI.
f. At least 30% of the value of manufactured /processed products purchased by the company will have to be from Indian ‘small industries’.
g. Retail sales outlet can be set-up in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census only.
h. Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce cannot be undertaken by the company.
Review of policy on Foreign Direct Investment in the Civil Aviation sector
Press Note No. 6 (2012 Series) dated 20th September, 2012
Civil Aviation Sector
Press Note No. 6 has amended Paragraph 6.2.9.3 of “Circular 1 of 2012 – Consolidated FDI Policy” issued on 10th April, 2012, so as to permit foreign airlines to invest up to 49% under the Approval Route, subject to certain terms and conditions, in the capital of Indian companies operating scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services. The investment limit of 49% will include FDI as well as FII investment.
Review of the policy on Foreign Investment (FI) in companies operating in the Broadcasting Sector
Press Note No. 7 (2012 Series) dated 20th September, 2012
Broadcasting Sector
Press Note No. 7 has substituted Paragraph 6.2.7 of “Circular 1 of 2012 – Consolidated FDI Policy” issued on April 10, 2012. Major changes in the substituted Paragraph pertain to: –
a. Teleports (setting up up-linking HUBs Teleports); Direct to Home (DTH); Cable Networks (MSOs operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability):
In this case, limit on Foreign Investment has been increased from 49% to 74%. Foreign investment up to 49% is permitted under the Automatic Route, while foreign investment beyond 49% and up to 74% is permitted under the Approval Route.
b. Mobile TV:
Foreign Investment is permitted up to 74%. Foreign investment up to 49% is permitted under the Automatic Route, while foreign investment beyond 49% and up to 74% is permitted under the Approval Route.
The above investment is also subject to the terms and conditions issued by the Ministry of Information & Broadcasting.
Policy on foreign investment in Power Exchanges
Press Note No. 8 (2012 Series) dated 20th September, 2012
Power Exchanges
Press Note No. 8 has inserted a new Paragraph 6.2.26 in the “Circular 1 of 2012 – Consolidated FDI Policy” issued on April 10, 2012 containing the terms and conditions relating to FDI in Power Exchanges. Major terms and conditions are: –
a. The Power Exchange must be registered under the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Power Market) Regulations, 2010.
b. Foreign investment up to 49% is permitted – FDI 26% under Approval Route & FII 23% under Automatic Route.
c. FII purchases must be restricted to secondary markets only.
d. No single non-resident investor/entity, including persons acting in concert, can hold more than 5% of the equity of the Power Exchange Company.
How Final are Consent Orders?
This recent order is in the case of Arun Jain (No. WTM/RKA/ID7/48/2012 dated 9th October 2012) debarring him for two years for insider trading raises the question, to reiterate, the perceived sanctity and finality of consent orders and whether settlement by consent settles all actions possible for a particular act or omission. Or whether, even after the settlement and payment of settlement amount, SEBI may yet take action under another set of provisions. Applicants for consent orders may now rightly feel uncertain whether and how to apply for application for a consent order.
As readers are aware, the consent order process enables a person against whom proceedings are initiated for violation of securities laws, to apply for settlement in the form of a consent order. Often, this application is made as soon as a show cause notice is received and at times even before that or even at a very late stage. The objective is to expeditiously close proceedings in respect of a particular act or omission alleged to be in violation of law. The concern the recent SEBI Order raises is ‘whether a person can be punished again for the same act/omission under another provision of law’.
Let us consider, summarily, what were the broad facts in this case.
Adjudication proceedings were initiated against Arun Jain in 2005 for alleged insider trading asking why a monetary penalty should not be levied. In respect of these proceedings (with a short detour to the High Court against such proceedings) Arun Jain applied for ‘consent order’. A ‘consent order’ settling these proceedings was passed in 2008 (under the Guidelines of 2007, which have undergone a substantial change recently, as discussed later) for a settlement amount of Rs. 7,00,000.
In the normal course, that would have been the end of the matter. However, in December 2011, a show cause notice (SCN) was issued against him for the same matter – that is – violation of insider trading regulations. This time, however, the SCN asked why directions should not be issued under Sections 11, 11B and 11(4) read with Regulation 11 of the Insider Trading Regulations. The directions, the SCN stated, could be in the form of debarring him in various manners as specified. Rejecting the contentions of Arun Jain, including the contention that the matter was already settled by a consent order, the SEBI debarred him for a period of two years from buying/selling securities, etc.
The merits of the case are not discussed here and for this purpose, let us assume that Arun Jain was guilty of insider trading when shares were sold by a company promoted by him, while in possession of unpublished price sensitive information. Though a possibly valid point, the issue whether the violation was serious in nature and therefore deserved more punishment than the amount settled through the consent order, is also not discussed here.
The assumption that parties often seem to have, and which assumption now seems fallacious, is that consent orders are generally an end of the matter in terms of all actions that SEBI may take in respect of a particular act or omission. The order shows that SEBI would – if it deems fit – take action again under other provisions where available. It appears that it may even prosecute the party for the same violation.
It cannot be denied that the SEBI does have powers to initiate multiple and sequential proceedings for the same act/omissions. A particular act/omission may be punishable under different Regulations as a different type of violation and a particular act/omission may also attract multiple types of actions too.
SEBI can – as in the present case of insider trading – initiate adjudication proceedings for levy of monetary penalty, proceedings for debarment and even prosecution proceedings. Such proceedings need not necessarily be parallel or in the same SCN and can be sequential. It may be expected that each proceeding would take into account the punishment already meted out under other proceeding for the same matter but it cannot normally be denied that the SEBI does not have powers to initiate multiple proceedings and punish the party in multiple forms.
A question arises as to: ‘whether punishing a person twice or more for the same act amounts to “double jeopardy” which is not allowed under the Constitution of India. This issue was in fact, raised before the SEBI and, it is submitted, rightly rejected by the SEBI. The principle of double jeopardy as laid down under the Constitution of India, relate to criminal proceedings while in the present case, both the proceedings were civil ones. In fact, the SEBI even kept the possibility open that even in this case, after punishing the party twice under two civil proceedings, it could also initiate criminal proceedings.
However, often, the party assumes that settlement through a consent order would be the end of the matter. He would offer and agree to a settlement amount, assuming that this is a one-time settlement for all actions that are possible. Also, even though, strictly speaking, settlement of prosecution proceedings would be by way of compounding, the implicit assumption often in minds of the party is that a consent order would mean the end of the matter. And thus, not only other proceedings for the same action, but even prosecution would not be initiated.
This assumption does have some basis in law, even if not strong. For example, the applicant is required to give the following statement as part of the prescribed undertaking form as part of the application for consent order:-
“The Order passed pursuant to this application shall conclude any/all disciplinary action that SEBI could bring against us, for the conduct (cause of action) set forth in this application.’
Thus, arguably, the whole basis of making of the application for the consent order and the consent order itself is on the understanding that “any/all disciplinary action” that the SEBI could bring for the conduct/cause of action shall be “concluded”.
Consider also another statement that the undertaking form contains:-
“Any plea of limitation for reopening the case, if I violate/do not comply with the consent order subsequently, and SEBI shall be free to take any enforcement action including initiation of adjudication/prosecution proceedings against me for such violation/non-compliance of the consent order.”
Thus, again, the applicant has some basis in assuming that only if he violates the terms of the consent order, that the settled proceedings could be reopened and further proceedings of all types possible could be initiated.
Thus, the applicant party does seem to have a reasonable basis even in law, to expect that the consent order shall conclude actions that the SEBI may take for a particular cause of action.
Of course, as often debated, the basis of consent orders, unfortunately, itself is not wholly satisfactory in law. For example, except by way of generally providing for settlement by consent and that too in not very clear and exhaustive terms, the parent enactments such as SEBI Act, Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act and the Depositories Act, do not lay down comprehensively the consequences of a settlement through a consent order. Thus, in theory, it becomes a case by case settlement.
It can be expected that a party, who is already facing multiple proceedings for the same matter, would either apply for consent for all proceedings or none at all. However, he does not expect that proceeding of one nature would be initiated at the first stage and he settles the same through consent order and then it is followed by yet another proceeding and perhaps thereafter even by prosecution.
While the above was under the Guidelines for consent order of 2007, the SEBI has issued amended Guidelines in May 2012, which have also been discussed earlier in this column. The revised Guidelines are a little more explicit and specific on the matter of multiple proceedings and their settlement. It seems that the concern that the order in Arun Jain’s case raises may still arise in the minds of applicant parties. Consider the following extracts from the 2012 Guidelines (emphasis supplied):-
“One application may be considered for a single proceeding or multiple proceedings arising from the same cause of action but in no case, shall one application be considered for multiple proceedings arising from different causes of action.”
“In case, more than one proceeding arising from the same cause of action has been initiated against the applicant, the IA shall be increased by 15%.”
The undertaking under the revised Guidelines also contains a similar clause:-
“6. The Order passed pursuant to this application shall conclude any/all disciplinary action the SEBI could bring against me/us for the conduct (cause of action) set forth in this application (SCN).”
Thus, the concern would still remain. For example, if a SCN for adjudication is issued for an alleged violation and settled, can yet another SCN and/or prosecution be issued and punishment meted out?
The present Order and stance of the SEBI is worrisome for parties seeking to apply for consent orders in the future and even for pending applications. Of course, it may make the parties more alert and they may insist on comprehensive settlement, where all possible consequential actions that the SEBI could take are covered by such settlement or none at all. Alternatively, and which seems to be the better course, is that we learn further from the Western experience of decades of plea bargaining and provide for comprehensive final settlement terms where the parties know, at one place, what allegations/ violations are settled and what he has agreed in return.
Convergence to Ind AS 16 – Property, Plant & Equipment
India has principally agreed to converge to IFRS by implementing Revised Schedule VI, being the first constructive step in the journey. Let us appreciate the requirements of accounting for fixed assets, in specific under Ind AS (ie IFRS), in the light of the existing governing principles under Indian GAAP.
Ind AS 16, corresponding to International Accounting Standard (IAS), 16 governs the accounting, measurement and reporting for fixed assets. This means that it also governs the accounting for depreciation. Presently, two standards namely, AS 6 – Depreciation Accounting and AS 10 – Accounting for Fixed Assets govern the subject.
Following are the major points of differences between the two GAAPs that have wider industry impact:
a. Component approach for accounting of fixed assets
b. Depreciation provision
c. Revaluation of fixed assets
This article brings out the major differentiating characteristics under Indian GAAP including relevant governing provisions under the Statute and Ind AS, for accounting of fixed assets on above points. We later discuss the industry impact analysis and way forward.
Existing Governing Literature in India on Fixed Assets
AS 10 – Accounting for Fixed Assets
This standard governs the treatment of capital expenditure related to acquisition and construction of fixed assets. It introduces broad categories of assets as observed in many entities. These include land, buildings, plant and machinery, vehicles, furniture and fittings, goodwill, patents, trademarks and designs. The standard requires management to apply judgment to use the aggregation rule for individually insignificant items.
It encourages an improved accounting for an item of fixed asset, where the total expenditure thereon is allocated to its component parts, provided they are in practice separable, and estimate is made of the useful lives of these components. For example, rather than treat an aircraft and its engines as one unit, it may be better to treat the engines as a separate unit if it is likely that their useful life is shorter than that of the aircraft as a whole.
However, the entry in fixed asset register is made at a class of asset. For example, aircraft is capitalised as a single asset. This is because Schedule XIV prescribes a common rate for aeroplanes, aero engines, simulators, visual system and quick engine change equipment at 16.2% (WDV) and 5.6% (SLM). In such a case, often, if the engine is replaced before it is fully depreciated, the balance WDV is charged off to Profit and Loss Account and the new engine is capitalised for being depreciated till the maximum life of its parent asset. This approach may lead to deferment of charge till the year of replacement. Indian Companies Act, 1956 Schedule XIV plays a critical role in accounting for fixed assets under Indian GAAP, in recording of assets and depreciating it over its useful life.
Recording of assets: There are about 20 different rates of depreciation under Schedule XIV under single shift usage, which drive the allocation of cost of assets. The broad categories or class of assets include Land, Building, Plant & Machinery, Furniture & Fitting and Ships. Plant & Machinery is further subdivided into various sub-asset classes considering business specific allocations.
Consider ‘mines and quarries’ being one of the groups under ‘Plant & Machinery’ that attracts 13.91% rate of depreciation. It includes Surface and underground machinery, Head gears, Shafts, Tramways, etc. and all being depreciated at the same rate. In practical terms, all of them may have a different useful life. Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order (2003) (CARO) requires every company to maintain proper records showing full particulars, including quantitative details and situation of fixed assets under para 4.1(a). Companies maintain minimum quantitative records for fixed assets that can be physically verified on an overall basis, in order to comply with CARO.
Depreciation: Section 205(2) of the Companies Act, 1956 (Act) provides that a company can declare or pay dividend only out of its profits. The profits for this purpose are to be arrived at after providing for depreciation as per section 350. If dividend is to be declared out of the profits of any earlier year or years, it is necessary that such profits should be arrived at after providing for depreciation for the respective years.
Section 350 of the Act requires a company to provide depreciation at the rates specified in Schedule XIV of the Act for arriving at net profit of the company for the purposes of section 205(2) and section 349 of the Act. There is no direct reference to useful life in the Act, but has indirect reference to it by prescribing depreciation rates for all types of assets for depreciation under the said Schedule. The rates prescribed under Schedule XIV are minimum rates (Circular No. 2/89, dated March 7, 1989 issued by Department of Company affairs).These are applicable for all the companies.
Thus, entities cannot depreciate the assets at a lower rate even if the technically established useful life of the asset is more than that derived from the rates specified under Schedule XIV, if they are governed by Companies Act. (In case of electricity companies, it is the Electricity Act that governs the minimum depreciation rates). There is also no provision of revisiting the rates at every year end.
AS 6 Depreciation Accounting
Para 5 of AS 6 requires assessment of depreciation based on historical or substituted historical cost, estimated useful life and residual value. U/s. 350 read with Circular. No. 2/89 as mentioned above, companies cannot estimate a useful life longer than that prescribed under Schedule XIV.
Companies exercise their judgement of useful life in the light of technical, commercial, accounting and legal requirements. It may periodically review the estimate and if it is considered that the original estimate of useful life of an asset requires any revision, the unamortised depreciable amount of the asset is charged to revenue over the revised remaining useful life.
Companies can use a shorter useful life based on parameters stated above and disclose the fact by way of a note. However, there is no requirement to review residual value at periodic intervals. AS 6 prescribes two methods of depreciation, namely, Straight line method (SLM) and Written down value method (WDV). The method of depreciation is applied consistently to provide comparability of the results of the operations of the enterprise from period to period. A change from one method of providing depreciation to another is considered as a change in policy and is made only if the adoption of the new method is required by statute or for compliance with an accounting standard or for more appropriate presentation of financial statements. Change in accounting policy requires retrospective recomputation of depreciation as per the new policy i.e. new method of depreciation and adjustment in the accounts in the year of such change. Thus, the depreciation charge in subsequent years is not impacted with the change adjustment.
Ind AS 16: Property, plant and equipment (i.e. IAS 16)
The Standard does not prescribe the unit of measure for recognition. However, judgement is required in applying the recognition criteria to an entity’s specific circumstances. It may be appropriate to aggregate individually insignificant items, such as moulds, tools and dies, and to apply the criteria to the aggregate value. We will discuss the component approach is a separate section below.
Under AS 16, major overhauling expenses are capitalised with the asset line item and are depreciated till the next scheduled maintenance date unlike AS 10 that requires such costs to be expensed as incurred, unless it increases the future benefits from the existing asset beyond its previously assessed standard of performance and is included in the gross book value.
Elements of cost also include an initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located, the obligation for which an entity incurs either when the item is acquired or as a consequence of having used the item during a particular period for purposes other than to produce inventories during that period. The value of such provisions is done based on discounted cash flow approach and depreciated over the useful life of the asset. Any change in estimate on account of principal amount would get adjusted in the cost of asset and any change on account of discount rate would be accounted in finance cost.
The major driving factor for component approach comes from the requirement to depreciate the asset over its own useful life. Though the useful life approach exists under Indian GAAP, the Companies Act has been considered more prominent since it forms part of the Statute.
As a convergence step towards IFRS, Revised Schedule VI has been helpful in addressing the conflict between erstwhile hierarchy of application between Schedule VI and Accounting Standards, by giving an upper hand to Accounting Stan-dards. Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) has so far notified Ind ASs, for which implementation date is still to be notified. One may look forward for similar clarification or convergence of Schedule XIV and/or of section 350 of the Act, with Ind AS 16 useful life approach, so that entities can in true spirit converge to Ind AS 16.
It is practically observed that steel plants of SAIL and Tata Steel are more than 30 to 40 years old. These plants require a regular maintenance and can continue longer. Similarly, many refineries in Europe and US are more than 30 years old as against the derived depreciation rates under Schedule XIV that work out to 18-20 years on SLM basis.
As a point of reference, British Petroleum Plc depreciates its refinery and petroleum assets over a period of upto 30 years. Corus Plc depreciates its steel making facilities upto 25 years under IFRS and Arcelor Mittal Plc has attributed upto 30 years of useful life for its plant & machinery. Both of them have a life more than what is prescribed under the Indian GAAP.
As a reverse impact, items where the useful life under Schedule XIV is likely to be more that its actual useable life, may include electrical machinery, X-ray and electrothera-peutic apparatus and its accessories, medical, diagnostic equipments, namely, cat-scan, ultrasound machines, ECG moni-tors, etc. that have 20% rate under WDV method and 7.07% under SLM for depreciation. This works out to around 13 years keeping 5% residual value. The actual life of these electronic equipments could be less considering the technology advances and consequential obsolescence.
Assuming Ind AS 16 will get an upper hand in terms of accounting of Fixed assets, it may be expected that the entities could benefit from lower provision for depreciation based on more realistic estimate of useful life of the assets such as power plants, refineries, smelters, etc.
Another point of difference comes from para 51 and para 61 of Ind AS 16, which provide that the residual value, useful life of an asset as well as the depreciation method shall be reviewed at least at each financial year-end. Such changes are to be accounted for as a change in an accounting estimate in accordance with Ind AS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. Ind AS 8 requires such changes in estimates to be accounted prospectively.
Point to note that change in method and rates of depreciation are a change in estimate with prospective application under Ind AS 16 whereas, under AS 6 it is a change in policy that needs retrospective application.
Ind AS 16 is self contained, in the sense that it also prescribes the depreciation guidelines on fixed assets unlike the current environment where it is governed by AS 10, AS 6, Schedule XIV and Guidance notes. One may note that, exposure draft of AS 10 (Revised) issued by ICAI before notifying Ind ASs, was also in line with Ind AS 16, and included component approach and provided for calculating depreciation based on estimated useful life.
Component approach
Is component approach of assets required?
Yes, when it is significant. Ind AS 16 does not prescribe a unit measure. However, it requires that each part of an item of property, plant and equipment which has a probability of future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the entity and the cost of the item can be measured reliably and is significant in relation to the cost of the item shall be depreciated separately. Implicitly, component approach is required under para 43 of Ind AS 16 which requires each significant part of the total asset to be depreciated separately.
How to determine components?
The determination of whether an item is significant requires a careful assessment of the facts and circumstances.
These assessments would include, at a minimum:
i. comparison of the cost allocated to the component to the total cost of the property, plant and equipment; and
ii. effect on depreciation expense between component approach and clubbing approach.
Following factors may broadly assist in arriving at component identification:
- Shut down or major repairs and maintenance.
Shutdown costs are made of replacement of an item and labour cost. Thus, items that require replacement on a regular basis can be identified as separate components. For example, a furnace may require relining after a specified number of hours of use, or aircraft interiors such as seats and galleys may require replacement several times during the life of the airframe.
- Useful life estimates of major components at the acquisition date. Example; it may be appropriate to depreciate separately the airframe and engines of an aircraft.
- Technical knowhow and obsolescence may be considered in case of information technology (IT) and electronic equipment. With respect to IT, hardware has a different useful life as compared to software.
Revaluation model
Under Ind AS 16, there are two models of accounting fixed assets, namely ‘Historical Cost’ model and ‘Revaluation’ model.
Under AS 10, revaluation of fixed assets is considered as substitution for historical costs and depreciation is calculated accordingly. However, under Ind AS, it is a separate model of accounting. Once an entity chooses ‘Revaluation model’, it will be considered as its accounting policy to an entire class of property, plant and equipment. Revaluation is required to be made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date.
The base fundamental of Ind AS 16 and AS 10 remain the same, i.e. revaluation does not affect the Income Statement, and valuation difference is recognised in reserves, unless the revaluation adjustment decreases the value of asset below its original cost. In such a situation, it would result in a change in profit and loss account which is indirectly an impairment of asset.
However, there is a difference in amortisation impact when it comes to Ind AS 16. The depreciation is calculated on the fair value of the asset and is amortised over the useful life by debiting profit & loss account without taking any credit from the revaluation reserve. It is pertinent to note that, under the present Indian GAAP, the entities plough back the reserves in income statement to the extent of additional depreciation and balance if any, at the time of disposal in line with paragraph 11 of the Guidance note as stated below; and thus the debit in profit & loss account is reduced to that extent.
“The Revaluation Reserve is not available for payment of dividends. This view is also supported by the Companies (Declaration of Dividend out of Reserves) Rules, 1975. Similarly, accumulated losses or arrears of depreciation should not be set off against Revaluation Reserve. However, the revaluation reserve can be utilised for adjustment of the additional depreciation on the increased amount due to revaluation from year to year or on the retirement of the relevant fixed assets.”(Paragraph 11 from Guidance note on treatment of reserve created on revaluation of fixed assets, issued 1982)
This guidance note will not be applicable once Ind AS is implemented and thus the depreciation charge will increase for the entities that follow Revaluation approach. Additionally, the existing unutilised reserve will get transferred directly to retained earnings instead of being routed through the profit and loss account.
Note: Under Ind AS 12, deferred tax is calculated on all temporary differences. The revaluation adjustment will be considered as a temporary difference and hence the amount that will flow to equity will be net of deferred tax.
Industry Impact Analysis – Ind AS 16 Property Plant & Equipment:
Industry will be impacted due to Component Approach in Ind AS 16. Since the Schedule XIV rates are not split into various parts of heavy duty machinery, companies will have to go through a detailed exercise of breaking down its fixed asset line item into various components and assess each item’s independent useful life.
Mining and Construction
Assets in Mining and Construction industry include heavy duty trucks, vehicles, dozers, excavators, loaders & unloaders, tunnelling machinery, etc. These heavy duty machineries are made up of various assembled parts which are high in value and also have a different useful life as compared to the other parts such as chassis, rollers, body, electrical systems, etc. These items will have to be broken in to their components.
Entities will also have to estimate mine restoration liabilities and capitalise with the initial cost of the mine.
Excerpts from Mining major, Xstrata Plc’s Annual Report 2011:
“Where parts of an asset have different useful lives, depreciation is calculated on each separate part. Each asset or part’s estimated useful life has due regard to both its own physical life limitations and the present assessment of economically recoverable reserves of the mine property at which the item is located, and to possible future variations in those assessments. Plant & equipment have useful lives from 4-30 years.”
“Provision is made for close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs.. ….At the time of establishing the provision, a corresponding asset is capitalised, where it gives rise to a future benefit, and depreciated over future production from the operations to which it relates”.
Commodity manufacturing Industry – Crude, Ore, Power
These industries include oil and ore refineries, smelters that are used to melt the ore, and power plants among others. These plants carry huge investments with complex designs and take years to build. They are made of various facilities that can be identified as first level components such as Water treatment, Gas tapping, Conveyors, Turbines, Rooters, Shafts, Grids, Tankages, Ovens, Casters, Moulds, Furnaces, Rolling mills, etc.. More often one component that is left out in the analysis is the Pipelines, which have material value and dif-ferent useful life.
Second level components will need a detailed analysis of each identified first level component with their individually assessed useful lives. Each unit will need separate line items for identification.
Entities will need to estimate its asset retirement obligations at the time of initial capitalisation.
A Nuclear Power Plant will have to estimate its related decommissioning liabilities and capitalise with power plants.
Another impact will be on account of capital repairs that are incurred during shut down, cell realignment, etc. This will be capitalised under fixed assets and amortised till the next overhauling date.
By virtue of assessment of useful life, entities get a chance to increase the useful life for depreciating the assets to its true useful lives.
Shipping
Main parts of a ship include hull and engine. Further, hull is made up of deck, chassis, propeller, funnel, stern and super structure. A modern ship includes a fair component of electronic and automatic control systems. Entities will have to carry out a detailed exercise and use its judgement for capitalising each component.
Dry dock expenses in shipping industry which carried out periodically will need capitalisation and amortisation.
Similar to the commodity industry, entities will get a chance to increase the useful life for depreciating the assets to its true useful lives. International peers such as B+H Ocean Carrier Plc have estimated useful life of 30 years for its vessels from the date of construction and capital improvements are amortised over a period of five years.
Major differences between AS and Ind AS on Accounting of Fixed Assets:
Hotel Industry
A restaurant maintains a minimum stock of silverware and dishes. Some entities treat cutlery, crockery, linen, etc, as stores and spares and group them under inventory. Any increase or decrease is accounted as consumption in profit and loss ac-count. Moreover, Schedule XIV does not lay down any rate for depreciating such items and hence companies in India adopt inventory and consumption approach to account these items.
For a restaurant, cutlery is similar to a plant, without which it cannot operate. Under Ind AS 6, these items fall into the definition of tangible assets and hence need to be capitalised as such and depreciated based on its useful life. Considering the nature of these assets, the estimation of their useful life may involve a significant amount of judgment. The management should consider factors such as physical wear and tear, commercial obsolescence, asset management policy of an entity that may involve replacement of such assets after a specified period, etc for such assessment. John Keels Hotels Plc, depreciates its Cutlery, Crockery, Glassware & Linen in a period of three years, as per its 2010 annual report.
Way forward:
(i) It is advisable to start updating the fixed as-set records in SAP or any other ERP with major component details. This can be done by opening various sub group codes for the master asset.
(ii) Any new capitalisation should be based on component approach assessing specific use-ful life of each component and then applying the aggregate rule.
(iii) Expect changes or clarifications for section 350 or Schedule XIV or both to avoid conflict with depreciation principles under Ind AS 16.
(iv) Assessment of useful life and residual value will have to be done by the management on a regular basis.
(v) Estimate dismantling, decommissioning, restoration liabilities valued at discounted cash flow basis at the beginning and continue to reassess on a regular basis.
(vi) Entities following revaluation approach for accounting fixed assets, will be impacted more, as Ind AS 16 does not allow an entity to plough back the reserve in profit and loss account to match the additional depreciation on revaluation. Ind AS 16 will come with first time exemptions under Ind AS 101 and hence entities may decide an appropriate policy when they adopt Ind AS, for the first time.
Right to Information – Public authority – Co-operative societies registered under Kerala Co-op Societies Act are public authority: Right to Information Act, section 2(4):
The issue arose for consideration as to whether a co-operative society registered under the Kerala Co-op Societies Act was a `public authority’ u/s. 2(h) of RTI Act. It is fundamental that every member of the society, every depositor and every one interested in the affairs of the society, are entitled to get all information relating to the society, which is possible only if RTI Act is implemented against co-operative societies. However, it may be noticed that sufficient safeguard is made in section 8 of the RTI Act which prohibits furnishing of certain items of information on which statutory immunity is provided thereunder, for obvious reasons. Subject to the exceptions contained in that section, any other information relating to a co-operative society should be made available to the public on application, is what is contemplated under the RTI Act.
The attitude of the managing committee of a society to refuse to furnish information relating to the Society itself, should be a matter of serious concern by the Joint Registrar, because people tend to cover up only wrong things and not things which are properly done. The Court observed that the completion of statutory audit of societies is delayed by four to five years and most of the managing committees escape from being caught for mismanagement only because of delay in auditing, detection of irregularities and delay in initiation of proceedings thereafter. The court was of the view that atleast vigilant members and the public, by obtaining information through RTI Act, will be able to detect and prevent mismanagement in time. Therefore, the RTI Act will certainly help as a protection against mismanagement of the societies by the managing committee and by society employees.
Therefore, it was held that Co-operative Societies registered under the KCS Act are “public authorities” within the meaning of section 2(h) of the RTI Act. The applicability of the RTI Act to Co- operative Societies was upheld. Therefore, even if society by itself does not answer the description of “public authority”, the statutory authorities under the KCS Act being public authorities within the meaning of clause (c) of section 2(h), are bound to furnish information after accessing the same from the co-operative society concerned.
HUF — Joint Hindu family property — Minor had an undivided share — Karta sold the property — Legal necessity — Permission from Court not required — Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, sections 6 and 12.
The plaintiffs, represented through their guardian maternal grandmother, filed the suit seeking for partition and separate possession declaration and mesne profits against the defendants. The 1st defendant the father of the plaintiffs, had sold the suit property under a registered sale deed dated 5-9-2009 for legal necessities. The matter was contested by the 2nd defendant purchaser. However, the 1st defendant father of the plaintiffs did not contest the matter. The Trial Court referring to the Amended Act, 2005 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, had allowed the suit filed by the plaintiffs. As against which, the 2nd defendant who was the purchaser of one of the items of the joint family property, filed appeal before the High Court on various grounds.
The Court observed that the suit property, which came to the share of the 1st defendant (father), was sold by him in favour of the 2nd defendant. It was specifically mentioned in the recitals of the sale deed that the sale was made in order to repay the loan borrowed from the Tobacco Board and the State Bank of Mysore, Abburu Branch.
The clearance of the debt was also an obligation on the part of the joint family when it was incurred towards legal necessities i.e., for the development of the joint family. In such a situation, the 1st defendant had disposed of the property.
The Court further observed that the Apex Court in the case of Sri Narayan Bal and Others v. Sridhar Sutar and Others reported in AIR 1996 SC 2371, wherein it is clearly held that the joint Hindu family property in which minor had an undivided share is sold/disposed of by Karta, as per section 8, previous permission of the Court before disposing of immovable property is not required. Further, it is held that the joint Hindu family by itself is a legal entity capable of acting through its Karta and other adult members of the family in management of the joint Hindu family property. Thus, sections 6 and 12 excludes the applicability of section 8 insofar as joint Hindu family property is concerned.
Thus it was clear that the property in question was a joint Hindu family property, it may not be necessary for the 1st defendant to seek prior permission of the Court before alienating the suit property.
Right to Information – Public Interest – Disclosure of information regarding Vigilance matter – Section 8(1)(e); 8(1)(g) and 8(1)(j) of RTI Act
The respondent by an application filed u/s. 6 of the Act, sought the Information from the petitioner (UPSC) namely, inspection of the records, documents, note sheets, reports, office memorandum, part files and files relating to the proposed disciplinary action and/or imposition of penalty against Shri G.S. Narang, IRS, Central Excise and Customs Officer of 1974 Batch and also inspection of records, files, etc., relating to the decision of the UPSC thereof.
The Central Public Information Officer (CPIO) of the petitioner, however, declined to provide the same on the ground that the information sought pertained to the disciplinary case of Shri G. S. Narang, which was of personal nature, disclosure of which has no relationship to any public activity or interest. It further stated that the disclosure of the same may infringe upon the privacy of the individual and that it may not be in the larger interest. The petitioner, therefore, claimed exemption from disclosing the information u/s. 8(1)(j) of the Act.
The Appellate Authority dismissed the Appeal on the same ground that the information sought was exempted from disclosure u/s. 8(1)(j) of the Act. The Respondent preferred an appeal before the CIC. The CIC set aside the decision of the First Appellate Authority and held that opinions/advices tendered/given by the officers (public officials) can be sought for under the Act, provided the same have not been tendered in confidence/secrecy and in trust to the authority concerned, i.e. to say, in a fiduciary relationship. Since the petitioner has not been able to set up the same in the present case, as aforesaid, the claim of exemption u/s. 8(1) (e) stands rejected.
The court observed that a bare perusal of section 8(1)(g) of the Act, makes it clear that the exemption would come into operation only if the disclosure of information would endanger the life or physical safety of any person or would identify the source of the information or assistance given in confidence for law enforcement or security purposes. The opinion/advice, which constitutes the information in the present case, cannot be said to have been given “in confidence for law enforcement or security purposes”, as aforesaid. Therefore, that part of the clause would be inapplicable and irrelevant in the present case. So far as the petitioner’s submission, that the disclosure of Information would endanger the life and safety of the officers who tendered their opinion/advices, is concerned, as aforesaid, in the facts of the present case, may be addressed – by resorting to section 10 of the Act. The exemption u/s. 8(1)(g) of the Act, therefore, as claimed by the Petitioner, would be no ground for disallowing the disclosure of the information (sought by the Respondent) in the facts of the present case.
The other information sought related to the note sheets and final opinion rendered by the UPSC regarding imposition of penalty/punishment on the charged offer. Such information, as is evident from a plain reading, relates to noting and opinion post investigation i.e., after the investigation is complete. Disclosure of such information cannot, by any means whatsoever be held to “impede the process of investigation” which could be raised only when an investigation is ongoing. As such, the exemption u/s. 8(1)(h) of the Act also cannot be raised by the petitioner in the present case.
Registration of Marriage – Personal appearance of parties to marriage not necessary for presenting application – All marriage solemnised within state should be compulsorily be registered irrespective of religion of parties: Kerala Registration of Marriage (common) R ules, 2008:
The Petitioner was aggrieved by the non acceptance of an application submitted before the second respondent for registration of her marriage, under the provisions of Kerala Registration of Marriage (Common) Rules, 2008. According to her, she married a person of Indian origin, who subsequently acquired citizenship of United Arab Emirates (UAE). The marriage was solemnised as per religious rites and customs and it is registered at ‘Kottol Mahallu Juma Masjid’. The Secretary of the Juma Masjid had issued Marriage Certificate about conduct of the marriage as per religious rites. The Complaint of the petitioner was that 2nd respondent had not received the application for registration submitted stating reasons that, both the spouses should appear in person for submitting such application and that a marriage in which a foreign national is one of the parties cannot be registered under the said Rules.
The Hon’ble Court held that there was no need for personal appearance of the parties to the marriage, for presenting the application for registration. The court further relied on the decision of Hon’ble Supreme Court in Seema v. Aswani Kumar (2006 (1) KLT 791 (SC)) in which a direction was issued to all state Governments to formulate Rules for compulsory registration of marriages, irrespective of religion of the parties. The Rule 6 indicates that all marriage solemnised within the state should compulsorily be registered, irrespective of religion of the parties. Nowhere in the Rules, it can be noticed of any insistence about the nationality of the parties contracting the marriage. On consideration of the relevant personal law (Mohammedan Law), no prohibition can be pointed out with respect to a foreign national marrying an Indian lady, if both of them are professing the religion of Islam. Hence, the objection raised by the 2nd respondent for registration of marriage was unsustainable.
Guarantor liability – Co-extensive with that of debtor – Financial institution – Not to act as property dealers: Contract Act 1872, sec. 128:
One Ganga Prasad had taken an agricultural loan to the tune of Rs.8,425/- from the Union Bank of India on 20.3.1982 and Chuni Lal, father of the Appellant stood guarantor. Ganga Prasad, debtor died in 1985 and Chuni Lal died in 1986. Ganga Prasad could not pay the loan during his life time. Therefore, the bank initiated the proceedings for recovery and ultimately sent the matter to the District Collector, Banda, for realisation of the loan amount as an arrear of land revenue.
In order to make the recovery, land belonging to said Ganga Prasad was put to auction and it could fetch only a sum of Rs. 6,000/-. In order to recover the balance amount, the proceedings were initiated against the Appellants as their father had stood guarantor. The Appellants raised objections that instead of putting their property to auction, the loan amount be recovered from legal heirs of Ganga Prasad as he had left movable/immovable properties and livestocks and other assets to meet the recovery of the bank loan. Their objections were not accepted and the land of the Appellants was put to auction. Respondent No. 4 purchased the said land for Rs.25,000/-. The sale was confirmed and sale certificate was issued by the Collector in favour of Respondent No. 4 and he was put in possession. Aggrieved, the Appellants approached the Board of Revenue, U.P. by filing Revision. However, the same was dismissed. The High Court upheld the said revisional order of the Commissioner.
The Court, on further appeal, observed that there can be no dispute to the settled legal proposition of law that in view of the provisions of section 128 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, the liability of the guarantor/surety is co-extensive with that of the debtor. Therefore, the creditor has a Dr. K. Shivaram Ajay R. Singh Advocates Allied laws right to obtain a decree against the surety and the principal debtor. The surety has no right to restrain execution of the decree against him until the creditor has exhausted his remedy against the principal debtor, for the reason that it is the business of the surety/guarantor to see whether the principal debtor has paid or not. The surety does not have a right to dictate terms to the creditor as to how he should make the recovery and pursue his remedies against the principal debtor at his instance. Section 146 of the Contract Act provides that co-sureties are liable to contribute equally. Thus, in case there are more than one surety/guarantor, they have to share the liability equally unless the agreement of contract provides otherwise.
A person cannot be deprived of his property except in accordance with the provisions of statute. (Vide: Lachhman Dass vs. Jagat Ram and Ors.: (2007) 10 SCC 448; and Narmada Bachao Andolan v. State of Madhya Pradesh and Anr. AIR 2011 SC 1589). Thus, the condition precedent for taking away someone’s property or disposing of the secured assets, is that the authority must ensure compliance of the statutory provisions.
Therefore, it becomes a legal obligation on the part of the authority that the property be sold in such a manner that it may fetch the best price. Thus essential ingredients of such sale remain a correct valuation report and fixing the reserve price.
Mass Unemployment – A lost generation
The highest rate of unemployment is in Spain, with 25.1% of the workforce out of work. What is worse is the figure for those under 25 years of age—52.9% can’t find work.
Appendicitis: Antibiotics in, surgery out?
treatment of acute appendicitis involving the removal of the organ, as
it could be just as effective, a new study found.
The study also
found that patients who are treated with antibiotics are at lower risk
of complications than those who undergo surgery. Some patients are so
ill that the operation is absolutely necessary, but 80% of those who can
be treated with antibiotics recover and return to full health.
Understanding the business before understanding the audit
One of the objectives of an audit is to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement within the financial statements, together with an assessment of the internal control environment within which an entity operates, to provide a basis for designing and implementing audit procedures to respond to the assessed risks of material misstatement. One of the best ways to identify and assess the risk of material misstatements to the financial statements is through understanding the entity and its environment, which is nothing but having an understanding of the business of the entity which is ultimately to be audited.
Obtaining an understanding of the entity’s business helps to undertake an effective and efficient audit, by tailoring audit procedures to suit the individual facts and circumstances of each client and to undertake the audit procedures and evaluate the audit findings in an informed manner. Knowledge of the entity’s business also helps to develop and maintain a positive professional relationship with the client. Accordingly, business relevance is becoming a key consideration in an audit. In view of the hectic pace at which changes are taking place, auditees have less time and they would prefer to listen to auditors who can demonstrate that they have business knowledge which would make them more credible and relevant. Accordingly, auditing is now a skill which cannot be applied in a business vacuum. Understanding the entity is an iterative and continuous process from the pre-engagement stage to the reporting stage.
The purpose of this article is to identify the professional responsibilities of auditors in dealing with various aspects of the entity’s business environment, which need to be considered by the auditor and evaluating their impact during an audit of the financial statements, duly supplemented by various practical scenarios.
Relevant Auditing Pronouncements:
The following Standards of Auditing (SAs) deal with various aspects of understanding of the entity and its environment during an audit of the financial statements: l SA-315 on Identifying and Assessing the Risks of Material Misstatements Through Understanding the Entity l SA-250 on Consideration of Laws and Regulations in an Audit of Financial Statements l SA-402 on Audit Considerations Relating to an Entity Using a Service Organisation l SA-550 on Related Parties Professional Responsibilities of Auditors: Various professional responsibilities of auditors under each of the above SAs, to the extent they deal with various aspects of understanding of the entity and its environment in an audit of financial statements, are briefly discussed below. SA-315 on Identifying and Assessing the Risks of Material Misstatements Through Understanding the Entity: SA-315 is the primary standard which deals with the various aspects of understanding an entity and its environment, keeping in mind the following two objectives:
- Identifying and assessing the risk of material misstatements within the financial statements.
- Understanding the Entity and its Internal Control environment.
Risk Assessment Procedures: The auditor should obtain an understanding of the entity’s strategies and related business risks that may result in material misstatement of the financial statements. Business risk is primarily concerned with external factors that could affect the entity, which may result in material misstatement within the financial statements. It arises as a result of significant conditions, events, circumstances or actions that could adversely affect the entity’s ability to achieve its objectives and strategies. Risk assessment can be undertaken by a combination of one or more of the following procedures:
- Inquiries with the Management, operating personnel, those charged with governance, legal counsel etc. which could provide an insight into the industry developments, new products and services, extent of IT support, nature and extent of ongoing litigation and claims etc. Based on the results of the inquiries, the auditor is able to assess the impact of the following possible risks, which could have an impact on the financial statements:
1. Nature and extent of management override of controls especially in small and promoter driven entities. In such cases, the auditor should specifically inquire as to whether the transactions are undertaken on an arms length basis.
2. The risk of technological obsolescence of certain products which may necessitate provisioning for items lying in inventory.
3. The controls over the preparation and generation of financial information and reporting.
- Analytical review of financial and non-financial information to identify any unusual trends or characteristics which will help in identifying risks of material misstatements, especially in relation to fraud. This will help the auditor in identifying any aspects which he is not aware of. Based on the results of the analytical review, the auditor is able to assess the impact of the following possible risks, which could have an impact on the financial statements.
- Observation and inspection to enable gathering of evidence concerning assertions made by the management and others through one or more of the following procedures:
1. Observation of the entity’s activities and operations which would give an insight into the revenue streams, materials used etc.
2. Inspection of various documents like Minutes of meetings, MIS reports, Procedural Manuals etc. which would give an insight into future trends, investments, acquisitions, financial reporting mechanisms etc.
3. Performing walk through tests (i.e observing evidence of controls which are documented in the procedure manuals for a sample of transactions of each type) on various controls which would help identify any procedural inadequacies vis-a-vis the documented controls in the key business cycles like purchasing, revenue, payroll, fixed assets etc. which could result in possible risks and material misstatements.
- Discussion amongst the engagement team members especially for recurring engagements. This enables the experienced team members to share their insights and learning with the junior and new staff members. Considering the global diversification of many entities, discussion is an effective way of communicating with the engagement teams located in different countries/jurisdictions.
- Understanding the Entity and its Internal Control Environment: The auditor must understand the entity, the environment in which it operates and its internal control structure, so as to enable him to undertake an effective and efficient audit. This involves an understanding of the following aspects:
- External factors
- Nature of the entity
- Internal Controls
External Factors:
There are various external factors as indicated below which the auditor needs to evaluate to ascertain the impact thereof during the course of the audit:
- Industry and Economic Developments – These include a consideration of the following aspects:
1. Seasonality or cyclicality of the products or services which would help in applying appropriate analytical procedures.
2. Technological advances or obsolescence of the entity’s products or service offerings, which could have an impact on the demand and also whether any provision for impairment or obsolescence is warranted.
3. Economic conditions like interest rates, exchange rates etc. which could impact the ability to raise and service borrowings.
- Specific Operational Issues – A large part of gaining an understanding of an entity and its environment, involves looking at the specific factors attached to the entity. The following are certain specific factors which an auditor should consider, when gaining an understanding of the entity and the environment in which it operates:
2. Investments and investment activities including any planned or recently executed acquisitions, investments in various securities
and special purpose entities.
3. Financing and financing activities including those pertaining to subsidiaries and associated entities, consolidated and non consolidated structures, debt matters and use of derivatives and hedging instruments and structures.
4. Financial reporting issues such as the use of industry specific accounting policies (e.g. financial services, software, media and entertainment etc.), revenue recognition practices (e.g. fertilisers, telecom etc.), fair value accounting (e.g. investments, brand acquisitions etc.) and other complex transactions which could give rise to “substance over form” issues.
Nature of the Entity:
It is of prime importance for an auditor to gain a thorough understanding of the nature and structure of the entity, its owners and other parties who purport to control the entity in substance. This is particularly important for identification of any related party transactions in accordance with the applicable financial reporting and regulatory framework. In case of complex entities operating in various jurisdictions, this can be a complicated and long winding process.
The understanding of the ownership and control structure is particularly important and relevant for new entities, whose audit is accepted for the first time and must be performed prior to acceptance of the audit as part of the KYC procedures, which the ICAI has recently recommended vide its announcement dated 4th August, 2011. In terms of the said announcement, for all attest engagements, the Council has recommended that certain details be obtained by every member before accepting any attest function. Though the above guidelines are recommendatory, it is in the best interest of the auditor to adhere to them.
Internal Controls:
This is the single most important factor which determines the course of the audit, since it helps to identify factors that affect the risk of material misstatements within the financial statements. An ineffective internal control environment is more likely to give rise to material misstatements. However, a robust internal control environment is not a fool proof guarantee of success but merely an enabler to reduce the risk of material misstatements.
Internal controls represent processes designed and implemented by the management, those charged with the governance and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance about the achievement of the entity’s objectives and to address the business risks identified by the management. The nature and complexity of the internal controls is directly proportional to the size of the entity.
For the purposes of determining which internal controls are relevant to the audit, the following five components as laid down in the COSO framework, are useful to ascertain the different aspects of an entity’s internal controls:
- The Control Environment
- The Entity’s Risk Assessment Process
- The Information System, including Related Busi-ness Processes relevant for Financial Reporting and Communication
- Control Activities
- Monitoring of Controls
The Control Environment:
An entity’s Control Environment is a crucial aspect. More than any tangible factors, it represents the intangibles which define an entity and its culture, values and ethics which the management and employees imbibe through a code of conduct or other similar means. The quality of the entity’s human resources plays a vital role in ensuring the effectiveness of the control environment. The following are some of the matters which an auditor needs to consider, whilst evaluating the adequacy of the control environment and the degree and extent of reliance which he needs to place thereon to determine the nature, timing and extent of further audit procedures:
- Board and Committee Structure – The nature and composition of the Board and its various committees and the degree and extent of their involvement is the single most important factor that determines the effectiveness of the control environment. There is no better substitute than the “tone at the top” which determines the success or failure of the control environment. This can be determined based on a review of the minutes and the information which is furnished to the Board as part of the agenda.
- Organisation Structure- A simple structure may work for smaller entities, whereas for larger and more complex entities, it is important to ascertain the authority and responsibility matrix and the lines of reporting.
- HR Policies – Human resources play a vital role in the entity’s control environment. This can be evidenced by the selection of appropriately trained individuals for various roles and having appropriate KYC procedures prior to their selection, coupled with appropriate training and continued professional development activities.
Entity’s Risk Assessment Process:
The entity should have risk assessment processes in place to deal with the various business risks relevant to the preparation of the financial statements, which would encompass estimating the level of such risks as well as identifying the likelihood of their occurrence. The following are examples of certain factors which need to be considered by the auditor, to ascertain the impact of changes in circumstances due to which either new risks could arise or the existing risks could change:
- Changes in the regulatory and operating environment can result in changes in competitive pressures leading to significantly different risks. A recent example is the power sector, which is impacted by the availability of coal both domestically and internationally.
- Significant and rapid expansion of operations can strain controls and increase the risks of breakdowns in internal control.
Information System, including Related Business Processes, Relevant for Financial Reporting and Communication:
In today’s age, most entities deal with reporting and communication of financial issues through the use of IT. It is imperative for an auditor to obtain an understanding of the various general and application controls for various business cycles, to enable him to ensure that all assertions for the generation of financial statements can be tested to enable him to issue an opinion thereon:
- Identifying and recording all valid transactions.
- Obtaining sufficient details of all transactions on a timely basis to enable proper classification thereof.
- Measuring the value of transactions in a manner that permits recording thereof at the proper value.
- Determining the time period in which the transactions occurred, to permit the recording thereof in the proper accounting period.
The controls for capturing of data especially the master data is of prime importance, to determine the quality of the system generated reports and information, which not only affects the management’s ability to take appropriate decisions, but also enables preparation of reliable financial reports.
Control Activities:
An auditor must obtain a sufficient understanding of the control activities of the various business cycles, to assess the risk of material misstatement at the assertion level and to design further audit procedures in response to the levels of assessed risks. Control activities encompass a combination of one or more of the following procedures, which the auditor needs to review as deemed appropriate:
- Authorisation procedures
- Performance reviews
- Information processing
- Physical controls
- Segregation of duties
Monitoring of Controls:
This is an all encompassing activity which covers each of the above components and is primarily performed by the management. It represents the major type of activities that the management uses to monitor internal controls over financial reporting, including those related to control activities relevant to an audit and how corrective actions are initiated. The Audit Committee and Internal Audit are the key facilitators in this process. There are various external and regulatory agencies which also monitor specific aspects of the controls relevant to them like tax authorities, RBI inspectors, factory inspectors etc. One of the most common methods of monitoring controls, is the preparation of the bank reconciliation statement on a monthly or more frequent basis and its regular review and followup.
Other Standards:
The requirements of other SA’s which deal with the audit considerations pertaining to the understanding of the entity and its environment are summarised below:
- SA-250 casts a responsibility on the auditor to obtain an understanding of the various laws and regulations impacting the entity which is a key element of the environment in which the entity operates. The SA broadly envisages the following two situations:
1. Laws and regulations which have a direct effect on the financial statements and issuance of audit reports and other certificates in respect of the reporting entity.
2. Laws and regulations which do not have a direct effect on the financial statements of the reporting entity, but compliance with which may have a fundamental effect on the operating aspects of the business, non-compliance with which may result in material penalties being levied by the concerned regulatory authorities.
- SA-402 casts a responsibility on the auditor to understand the nature of services provided to a user entity by a service organisation which is defined as a third party organisation or a segment thereof that provides services to user entities that are part of those entities’ information systems relevant to financial reporting since such service organisations are nothing but an extension of the environment in which the entity operates in accordance with the provisions of SA-315. The most common examples of service organisations are payroll processing agencies, registrars and transfer agents, custodians, accounting and tax compliance service entities etc. The following are some of the matters which the auditor needs to consider relating to the service organisation:
1. The nature of services provided.
2. The contractual terms.
3. The extent to which the internal controls of the entity interact with those of the service organisation.
4. Information available on the relevant internal controls of the service organisation.
5. Types of transactions processed.
The aforesaid information can be obtained in either of the following ways:
1. Visiting the service organisation.
2. Obtaining an independent auditors report on the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the internal controls of the service organisation, commonly referred to a Type 1 and Type 2 reports.
3. Using another auditor to perform procedures to obtain an understanding of relevant controls at the service organisation.
- SA-550 casts a responsibility on the auditor to ensure that the management has correctly identified the related party transactions and made sufficient disclosures thereof in the financial statements, which is part of the broader framework of understanding the entity and its environment in terms of SA-315. The following are examples of procedures to identify related parties:
1. Review of the declarations from directors in Form 24AA under the Companies Act, 1956.
2. Review of the minutes of board meetings.
3. Reviewing the audited accounts of known related parties to identify any step-down relationships.
4. Review of bank confirmation for existence of guarantees given to related parties.
Illustrative Scenarios On Understanding Certain Aspects of Business/Environment in which an Entity Operates:
An attempt here is made to give an illustrative understanding in respect of certain aspects of the business/environment in which an entity is operating which could have an impact on financial reporting.
Business Model/Supply Chain:
An understanding of the business model is the primary driver of the revenue streams and cash flows of an entity. It covers the entire supply chain right from the co-ordination with the suppliers for sourcing of raw materials, the production to be undertaken in line with the demand from the customers, the extent of inventory to be maintained, the various stocking points and the distribution chain. It is imperative to gain an appropriate understanding of the business model and assess its utility in the light of the changes in the business dynamics and competitive environment in which the entity is operating. This would help to assess whether the entity would be able to sustain its existence on a going concern basis, which is one of the fundamental assumptions for the preparation of the financial statements. Understanding the business model/ supply chain gives the auditor an insight into the following matters, amongst others:
- The extent, level and type of inventory to be maintained and its valuation methodology.
- The nature and type of customers and accordingly the extent of provisioning for any non recoveries.
- The normal margin and cost structure.
Brand/Intellectual Property:
An understanding of the brands/intellectual properties owned/acquired by the entity is imperative to gain an understanding of the sustainability of the business model of the enterprise vis-a-vis the competition. This would help the auditor to assess the value at which it is to be recognised and whether any impairment needs to be considered.
Insurance Coverage
The nature and extent of the risk coverage is an important indicator of the risk management and risk philosophy of the entity. It also helps to assess the extent of loss, both qualitative and quantitative, in times of damages or other stresses that the business might have to undergo. It is imperative that the auditor is able to assess the adequacy of the nature and extent of insurance coverage, to enable the entity to sustain its existence on a going concern basis.
Properties:
The policy of the entity with regard to the type and nature of properties to be acquired needs to be understood, keeping in mind the business model and the cash flows of the entity. This would consequentially determine special accounting requirements, especially with respect to lease transactions and other similar matters.
Conclusion:
Understanding the business environment during the audit is a continuous activity which an auditor needs to undertake for an effective and efficient audit. To conclude, effective auditing requires not just good technical skills, but also a willingness to venture outside the box to gain a better understanding of the entity.
Reference Material:
- Indian Auditing Standards
- Wiley’s Interpretation and Application of International Standards on Auditing by Steven Collings
- Various Research Reports on Audit Process available for general public.
Notifications w.r.t. Schedule C:
First Notification exempts sale of furnishing fabrics notified under schedule entry C-101 when sold other than last point of sale within the state. Second Notification adds; furnishing fabrics notified under Schedule Entry C-101, in exclusions from sales turnover under composition scheme for retailers in the notification issued on 1-06-2005 Vat 1505/C.R.105/ Taction-1 for Composition Scheme. Third Notification specifies varieties of furnishing fabrics under Schedule Entry No.C-101 (a). Fourth Notification amends list of varieties of sugar, tobacco textiles and textile articles by Schedule Entry C-101 issued in Notification 1505/C.R. 120/Taxtion 1, Dated 1-6-2005. All the notifications are effective from 1-9-2012.
Tax on vocational education/training courses
CBEC- TRU has issued this Circular clarifying certain issues in relation to levy of service tax on certain vocational education/training/skill development courses (VEC). Accordingly, VEC offered by the Central Government or State Government or local authority themselves ,is covered in the Negative List under Section 66D and hence, service tax is not leviable. When the VEC is offered by an institution, as an independent entity in the form of society or any other similar body, service tax treatment is determinable by the application of either sub-clause (ii) or (iii) of clause (l) of section 66D. Services provided by way of education as a part of a curriculum for obtaining a qualification recognised by any law for the time being in force, are not chargeable to service tax. Services provided by way of education as a part of an approved vocational education course are not chargeable to service tax.
PART A : Decision of CIC & Supreme Court
CPIO vide letter dated 21.12.2010 stated that information relating to PAN and other information relating to PAN such as address, documents submitted as proof of identity and address is personal information of the PAN holder and subject to confidentiality u/s. 138 of IT Act. Moreover, the information submitted by applicant along with PAN application form is held by the department in a fiduciary capacity and is of a personal nature, hence exempt from disclosure u/s. 8(1)(e) and 8(1)(j) unless the competent authority is satisfied that larger public interest warrants disclosure of such information. The CPIO also quoted several CIC orders including the case of Ms. Anumeha dated 29.04.2008.
Decision:
The information sought is of a personal nature. CPIO had issued a notice u/s. 11(1) and the Globe Transport Corporation had urged the CPIO not to share any personal information with the appellant. The Commission agrees with the stand taken by the CPIO/AA that the information sought is exempt from disclosure u/s. 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act.
[H K Sharma vs Income Tax Department, New Delhi: CIC/DS/A/2011/001229/RM: Decision dated 08-06-2012]
Facts:
Vide RTI application dated 14-10-2010, the appellant had sought certified copies of IT returns and supporting documents filed by Hrishikesh Gaderia during the last 20 years.
CPIO vide his letter dated 11-11-2010 informed the appellant that a notice u/s. 11(1) had been served on Shri Gaderia, who had opposed sharing of any information pertaining to his IT returns etc. Shri Gaderia had submitted that “the applicant has no right to demand any personal information or any information relating to his business. The information in respect of his business, insurance paid and information in respect of taxes paid is confidential and personal in nature and hence may not be supplied to the applicant, as there will be heavy financial and business loss, if this information is supplied to the applicant or to any third person”. The CPIO held that information furnished to the IT department is strictly in trust, being in fiduciary capacity and no public interest is involved. In view of the above, the CPIO denied information u/s. 8(1)(d), 8(1)(e) and 8(1)(j).
Decision:
In the case of Milap Choraria dated 15-06.2009, a Full Bench of the CIC had upheld the decision of the CPIO and AA in holding that the Income Tax Returns are ‘personal information’ exempted from disclosure u/s. 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act. In the instant case, the AA has correctly applied exemption u/s. 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act from disclosure of information. The decision of the AA is therefore upheld.
[Farid Shaikh vs Income Tax Department, Thane: CIC /DS/A/2011/001338/RM: Decision dated 21.06.2012]
Facts:
Applicant submitted RTI application dated 31st May 2011 before the CPIO, United India Insurance Co. Ltd., Aliganj, Lucknow to obtain information broadly through five points pertaining to time gap between date of issue of policy bond and date of transfer of the policy bond to the TPA along with copy of the agreement between Company and the TPA.
Decision
After hearing both parties and on perusal of the facts on record the Commission directed as follows:
Point 1: With reference to the information sought under this point by the appellant, we find that it is necessary to strike a fine balance between disclosure of information in larger public interest and simultaneously ensure that the privacy of the policy holder is protected as per the provisions of section 8(1)(j). Therefore, Commission directs the CPIO to provide the appellant with the total number of Mediclaim policies which were dispatched to the TPA after one week of the date of issue.
Point 2: Respondent to provide the appellant with a copy of the agreement between United India Insurance Co. and E-Meditak (TPA) Services Ltd., Gurgaon.
Point 3: Appellant insists on having specific information and is not satisfied with the term “immediately”. Accordingly, respondent is directed to provide the appellant with copy of the Company’s rule governing this issue.
Information as above to be provided within one week of the order.
Commission is satisfied that the subject matter of this RTI application pertains to an issue of larger public interest in that, it touches upon that moment in the life of the insured when he is suffering from ill health and requires urgent support from the umbrella provided to him through the Mediclaim policy taken by him. Therefore, under the provisions of section 4, section 8(2) and section 25(5) of the RTI Act, Commission recommends to CMD, Head Office, United India Insurance Co. Ltd., Chennai to give directions to all Branch Managers to put up on the Company’s website the following information:
i) Number of the Mediclaim policies (no names are required to be given).
ii) Date of issue of Mediclaim Policy Bond.
iii) Date of transfer of the said policy bond to the TPA.
CPIO, Head Office is directed to follow up on this matter. Compliance be done by 16th August 2012. Such disclosure will undoubtedly strengthen the safety net to the insured and also cement the relationship of trust between the Insurance Company and insured, thereby strengthening the foundation of the Insurance Industry. Since this is a matter of larger public interest, using this as test case, Commission will review compliance of this order on 28.8.2012 at 3.00 PM at NIC Video conferencing, Room No. 110, 1st Floor, Yojana Bhavan, No 9, Sarojini Naidu Marg, Lucknow-22 6001 (UP), Contact Officer Mr Diwan Singh, Scientist-D and Contact Nos: 0522-2238059/2298822/2298823 on which date respondent CPIO is directed to appear before the Commission via video conferencing.
[Dr Anshu Agrawal vs United India Insurance Co Ltd: CIC/DS/A/2011/003245: Decision dated 28.06.2012]
Facts:
The Petitioner had submitted an application on 27.8.2008 before the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner (Ministry of Labour, Government of India) calling for various details relating to third respondent, (i.e. Mr. Lute) who was employed as an Enforcement Officer in Sub-Regional Office, Akola, now working in the State of Madhya Pradesh. As many as 15 queries were made to which the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner, Nagpur gave the following reply on 15.9.2008:
“As to Point No.1: Copy of appointment order of Shri A.B. Lute, is in three pages. You have sought the details of salary in respect of Shri A.B. Lute, which relates to personal information, the disclosures of which has no relationship to any public activity or interest, it would cause unwarranted invasion of the privacy of individual, hence denied as per the RTI provision u/s. 8(1) (j) of the Act.
As to Point 2: Copy of order of granting Enforcement Officer Promoting to Shri A. B. Lute, is in 3 Number. Details of salary to the post along with statutory and other deductions of Mr Lute is denied to provide, as per RTI provisions u/s. 8(1)(j) for the reason’s mentioned above
As to Point No. 3: All the transfer orders of Shri A. B. Lute, are in 13 Number. Salary details is rejected.
As to Point No. 4: The copies of memo, show cause notice, censure issued to Mr Lute, are not being provided on the ground that it would cause unwarranted invasion of the privacy of the individual and has no relationship to any public activity or interest.
As Point No. 5: Copy of EPF (Staff & Conditions) Rules 1962 is in 60 pages.
As Point No. 6: Copy of return of assets and liabilities in respect of Mr. Lute cannot be provided.
As to Point No. 7: Details of investment and other related details are rejected.
As to Point No. 8: Copy of report of item wise and value wise details of gifts accepted by Mr. Lute is rejected.
As to Point No. 9: Copy of details of movable, immovable properties of Mr Lute, the request to provide the same is rejected.
As Point No. 10, 11& 12 are not relevant, are not covered here.
As to Point No. 13: Certified True copy of complete enquiry proceeding initiated against Mr. Lute – It would cause unwarranted invasion of privacy of individuals and has no relationship to any public activity or interest.
As to Point No. 14: It would cause unwarranted invasion of privacy of individuals and has no relationship to any public activity or interest.
As to Point 15: Certified true copy of second show cause notice – would cause unwarranted invasion of privacy of individuals and has no relationship to any public activity or interest.
Aggrieved by the said order, the petitioner approached the CIC. The CIC passed the order on 18.6.2009, the operative portion of the order reads as under:
“The question for consideration is whether the aforesaid information sought by the Appellant can be treated as ‘personal information’ as defined in clause (j) of section 8(1) of the RTI Act. It may be pertinent to mention that this issue came up before the Full Bench of the Commission in Appeal No.CIC/ AT/A/2008/000628 (Milap Choraria v. Central Board of Direct Taxes) and the Commission vide its decision dated 15.6.2009 held that “the Income Tax return have been rightly held to be personal information exempted from disclosure under clause (j) of section 8(1) of the RTI Act by the CPIO and the Appellate Authority, and the appellant herein has not been able to establish that a larger public interest would be served by disclosure of this information. This logic would hold good as far as the ITRs of Shri Lute is concerned. I would like to further observe that the information which has been denied to the appellant essentially falls in two parts – (i) relating to the personal matters pertaining to his services career; and (ii) Shri Lute’s assets & liabilities, movable and immovable properties and other financial aspects. I have no hesitation in holding that this information also qualifies to be the ‘personal information’ as defined in clause (j) of section 8(1) of the RTI Act and the appellant has not been able to convince the Commission that disclosure thereof is in larger public interest.”
The CIC, after holding so, directed the second respondent to disclose the information at paragraphs 1, 2, 3 (only posting details), 5, 10, 11, 12, 13 (only copies of the posting orders) to the appellant within a period of four weeks from the date of the order. Further, it was held that the information sought for with regard to the other queries did not qualify for disclosure.
Aggrieved by the CIC’s said order, the petitioner filed a writ petition No.4221 of 2009, which came up for hearing before a learned Single Judge and the court dismissed the same vide order dated 16.2.2010. The matter was taken up by way of Letters Patent Appeal No.358 of 2011 before the Division Bench and the same was dismissed vide order dated 21.12. 2011. Against the said order, this special leave peti-tion has been filed. Supreme Court passed the following order:
“We are, in this case, primarily concerned with the scope and interpretation to clauses (e), (g) and (j) of section 8(1) of the RTI Act.
We are in agreement with the CIC and the Courts below that the details called for by the petitioner i.e. copies of all memos issued to the third respondent, show cause notices and orders of censure/punishment etc. are qualified to be personal information as defined in clause (j) of section 8(1) of the RTI Act. The performance of an employee/ officer in an organisation is primarily a matter between the employee and the employer and normally those aspects are governed by the service rules which fall under the expression “personal information”, the disclosure of which has no relationship to any public activity or public interest. On the other hand, the disclosure of which would cause unwar-ranted invasion of privacy of that individual. Of course, in a given case, if the Central Public Information Officer or the State Public Information Officer or the Appellate Authority is satisfied that the larger public interest justifies the disclosure of such information, appropriate orders could be passed, but the petitioner cannot claim those details as a matter of right”.
“The details disclosed by a person in his income tax returns are “personal information” which stand exempted from disclosure under clause (j) of section 8(1) of the RTI Act, unless it involves a larger public interest and the Central Public Information Officer or the State Public Information Officer or the Appellate Authority is satisfied that the larger public interest justifies the disclosure of such information”.
“The petitioner in the instant case has not made a bona fide public interest in seeking information, the disclosure of such information would cause unwarranted invasion of privacy of the individual u/s. 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act”.
“We are, therefore, of the view that the petitioner has not succeeded in establishing that the information sought for is for the larger public interest. That being the fact, we are not inclined to entertain this special leave petition. Hence, the same is dismissed”.
[Girish Deshpande vs CIC and others: Special Leave Petition (Civil) No 27734 of 2012: Order dated 03.10.2012]
Central sales Tax- State Government–Power to Grant Exemption total/partial – U/s. 8(5) – Not Affected Even After Amendment From 11.5.2002-To Grant Exemption From Payment of Tax – On sales Not Supported by Form C/D – Section 8(5) of The Central Sales Tax Act, 1956.
2. M/S. Prism Cement Limited and Another v.
State of Maharashtra and Others , Writ Petition No. 6475 of 2009 decided
on 30.8.2012 by The Bombay High Court.
Central sales Tax- State
Government–Power to Grant Exemption total/partial – U/s. 8(5) – Not
Affected Even After Amendment From 11.5.2002-To Grant Exemption From
Payment of Tax – On sales Not Supported by Form C/D – Section 8(5) of
The Central Sales Tax Act, 1956.
Facts
The
dealer filed a writ petition against three trade circulars issued by the
Commissioner of Sales Tax, dated 27.5.2002, 20.7.2002 and 8.2.2007 and
also notices issued by the commissioner for revising the assessment
before the Bombay High Court. By the above mentioned circulars, the
Commissioner had informed that u/s. 8(5) of the CST Act, amended by
Finance Act, 2002 from 11.5.2002, State Government is empowered to grant
exemption only in respect of inter-State sales to the registered
dealers or to the Government covered by section 8(1) of the Act, unless
such sales are supported by declaration in form C or D respectively, as
provided in section 8(4) of the act. It was further informed that as a
result of the above amendment, any notification issued u/s. 8(5) of the
act prior to 11.5.2002, which is contrary to the amended section 8(5)
shall be amended accordingly. In other words according to Commissioner,
unless C or D forms are produced, benefit of exemption or concessional
rate of tax, under any notification issued prior to 11.5.2002, cannot be
granted in respect of any inter-state sales effected after 11.5.2002.
Based
on the above, the department initiated proceedings against the dealer
to recover tax on inter- state sales not supported by either form C or
D, which was claimed by the dealer as exempt from payment of tax under
notification issued by the State prior to 11.5.2002.The dealer filed
writ petition before the Bombay High Court challenging the
abovementioned three trade circulars issued by the Commissioner of sales
tax and other notices issued by the assessing authority.
The
question to be considered by the High Court was, whether section 8(5) of
the act as amended by the Finance Act, 2002 restricts the powers of
State Government to grant exemption either wholly or partially only in
respect of sales of goods to registered dealer/Government subject to
furnishing declaration in form C or D as the case may be?
If the
answer is yes, then whether amended section 8(5) affects the vested
right of the eligible unit to claim the exemption from payment of tax
under package scheme of incentives 1993, so far it relates to
inter-State sales of goods to dealers other than registered
dealers/Government?
Held
The High Court rejected
the self-destructive argument of the department that section 8(5) of the
Act after the amendment, restricts the power of State Government to
grant total/partial exemption in respect of inter-State sales covered by
section 8(1) only. Even after the amendment to section 8(5) of the act,
the power of state Government to grant total/partial exemption in
respect of inter-state sales covered by section 8(2) of the act is not
affected. Since the High Court decided first question in favour of the
dealer, second question was not answered by the High Court.
Accordingly, the High Court allowed the writ petition and quashed and
set aside the impugned trade circulars issued by the Commissioner of
sales tax and other notices issued by the Department.
Is It Fair to Levy stt on Traders?
For the proper and efficient functioning of the stock exchanges, apart from investors, various other types of players like speculators, jobbers, traders, hedgers and arbitrageurs, etc. are not only necessary but obligatory. They are referred to as market participants and each of them plays a specific role in the stock market. While speculators and jobbers provide liquidity as well as volume to the market, hedgers provide depth to the market. Traders help in volume and price discovery whereas arbitrageurs fine-tune prices by correcting price abnormalities. Investors usually invest and hold shares for a comparatively longer period of time.
Currently, the stock market is in a pathetic situation. Markets have become stagnant and trade in a narrow range. Sometimes, on getting news of some event, the market becomes highly volatile and individual stocks show very erratic movements which is due to the lack of depth in the market. The stagnancy in the market is the result of lack of many of market participants like traders, jobbers as well as speculators, who have either deserted the market or are unwilling to initiate trades due to excessive transaction costs. Even arbitrageurs are finding it difficult to use any opportunity, since the costs of transaction are greater than the arbitrage difference. The combined effect of all these is that the investors, especially small investors, are unable to get proper prices to buy/sell their investments, which in turn has resulted in increased impact costs for them.
Earlier, when the transaction costs were not so high, there was room for every market participant to function in the market and trade without restraint of prohibitive costs. However, with the introduction of the Securities Transaction Tax (STT), the costs have escalated to such a level that it has become difficult for the market participants to survive. They desist from entering into transactions due to entry level tax (STT, which is levied at the time of transaction) and thus, overall market liquidity, volume and depth have been impacted adversely.
It was announced in the budget speech that the STT is introduced to avoid the differential tax treatment meted out to capital gains. So, only those investors (actually, bigheads like promoters, FIIs, etc.) whose income from share transactions is taxed as “Capital Gains” are benefited by the imposition of STT with favourable tax treatment whereas, a majority of the market participants like speculators, jobbers, traders, hedgers, arbitrageurs who have income from share transactions which is taxable as “Business Income”, under the head “Profits and Gains of Business or Profession” are left high and dry without any tax benefit on such income, despite the transactions entered into by them also bear the charge of STT.
Let us understand the above with the help of an example, when two identical transactions in shares are executed – one by an investor and another by other market participant, say, a jobber. At first stage, both of them will be charged STT on the transactions executed. However, the income of the investor from that transaction will be exempt from tax thereafter, whereas, the income of the jobber will be taxed again at regular rates. Thus, the market participants have been subjected to double taxation and meted out a stepmotherly treatment under the STT regime. If the favourable treatment is granted only to “Capital Gains” income, then only those transactions pertaining to the income taxable under the head “Capital Gains” should have been subjected to the STT and all other transactions should have been exempted from the STT. Doing otherwise not only impacts the market participants adversely, but also violates “principle of natural justice” and “law of equity”.
Although initially, some relief was granted in the form of tax rebate, the same was discontinued without assigning any reasons whatsoever. Ultimately, the new scheme of taxation on securities transactions has miserably failed to bring win-win situation for all. It has only helped the FIIs, promoters and to an extent, a small class of investors at the cost of all other market participants, who are also equally important for the functioning of the stock market. Slowly and steadily, market participants are drifting away from the stock market which in the long run, has impaired the proper functioning of the stock markets.
To remedy the situation and help the market participants survive, it is suggested to grant proper tax treatment to the market participants, keeping in view the legal principles of natural justice and equity. This can be achieved by segregating the stock market transactions into “taxable transactions” and “exempt transactions” based on whether the order is a “client type/Institution ID” or “Trd category” (i.e trading category). Alternatively, the rebate allowed earlier u/s. 88 E may be restored.
This will ensure that there is no undue high trading costs to the market participants.
Valuer services are not consulting engineer services and therefore, not leviable to service tax
Valuer services are not consulting engineer services and therefore, not leviable to service tax
The petitioner received a clarification from the Commissioner of Central Excise on 27.03.1998 which stated that valuers of immovable property (other than agricultural lands, plantations, forests, mines and quarries) and valuers of plant and machinery are consulting engineer services leviable to service tax. The petitioner’s contentions were as under: Valuation broadly means assessing worth of any tangible or intangible assets. Following principles are applied for the purpose of valuation:
- Supply and demand
- Competition
- Substitution
- Assessment of circumstances having a direct or indirect nexus on the degree of utility and productivity of an asset
- Assessment of market forces
- Relative purchasing power of money
- Technological advancement or changes etc.
There is no legislation to regulate the profession of valuation. However, under Wealth Tax Act, 1957, the valuation can be carried out by a person registered with the Central Government u/s. 34AB of the said Act read with Rule 8A of the Wealth Tax Rules, 1957. One such person is defined to be a graduate in civil engineering and therefore, the respondent levied service tax on valuer services. However, valuation is not recognised as a discipline of engineering and the services can be provided by a number of professionals. The very fact that persons having other qualifications can also render valuer services is sufficient to conclude that valuation is not a discipline of engineering. Valuation requires knowledge of law, economics, accountancy, town planning, environmental science etc. Graduate in any stream is eligible for admission to the said course. Valuation is not a discipline of engineering and therefore, the services cannot be leviable to service tax under “consulting engineer services” even if the services are rendered by an engineer. The services are not in the nature of advice, consultancy or technical assistance in common parlance and therefore, when valuer services are provided by a consulting engineer, it is an unreasonable restriction on the fundamental right of the petitioner to carry on their profession and therefore, the levy is unconstitutional.
According to the respondent, provisions of Rule 8A of the Wealth Tax Rules, 1957 suggests that a graduate in civil engineering could become a registered valuer and the services provided by a valuer of immovable property or plant and machinery is a highly technical job. Further, prospectus of a university states that the course is imparted by the faculty of engineering and technology. The course content is mostly in the field of engineering. Reliance is placed on the judgment in case of V. Shanmughavel vs. Commissioner of Central Excise, Chennai – II 2001 (131) ELT 14 (Mad) wherein it was observed that vide Wealth Tax Laws, the person should hold a degree of engineering and should be a high standard engineer. Further, the services are in the nature of advise, consultancy or technical assistance and therefore, are liable to service tax as “consulting engineer’s services”. Therefore, when an engineer becomes a registered valuer of immovable property or plant and machinery, he is rendering consulting engineer’s services.
Held:
Vide Rules 8A of the Wealth Tax Rules, 1957, the qualifications prescribed for each category of valuers are different. The provisions with respect to valuation of immovable property and plant and machinery, allow an engineer to be a registered valuer. However, being an engineer is not a condition precedent for being eligible to be a registered valuer. The syllabus of valuer contains general subjects and subjects pertaining to engineering are limited. Valuation services rendered by a person, not being an engineer, is not consulting engineer’s services. Further, valuation services rendered by an engineer is also not leviable to service tax under “consulting engineer’s services” since there is no advise, consultancy or technical assistance involved in the said activity and it is not in relation to any discipline of engineering. Services rendered by the petitioner as valuer is not leviable to service tax as “consulting engineer’s services”.
Appointed date as approved by High Courts has to be considered the date of amalgamation and therefore, the services provided by the respondent in subsequent period should be considered to be services to self-service tax paid thereon, therefore, is eligible for refund.
Appointed date as approved by High Courts has to be considered the date of amalgamation and therefore, the services provided by the respondent in subsequent period should be considered to be services to self-service tax paid thereon, therefore, is eligible for refund.
The respondent and M/s. Ansal Hotels Ltd. were subsidiary of M/s. ITC Ltd. However, both these subsidiaries were amalgamated into the holding Company. The Hon. Delhi and Kolkata High Courts sanctioned the scheme in September 2004 w.e.f. 01.04.2004. Therefore, the respondent filed a refund claim for service tax paid for services rendered by them to the holding company during the period from April 2004 to September 2004, considering the services provided to self in view of the orders of High Courts. The original adjudicating rejected the refund claim considering the effective date as the date on which all the orders, sanctions, approvals, consents, conditions, matters or filings were obtained/ filed. The respondent had filed application with the Registrar of Companies on 23.03.2005, therefore, effective date of amalgamation was considered to be 23.03.2005. The Commissioner (Appeals) observed that: The date provided in the scheme of amalgamation was to be considered to be the effective date as held by the Hon. Apex Court in case of M/s. Marshall Sons & Co. (India) Ltd. vs. Income Tax Officers 1997 (223) ITR 0809 SC and all the entities to be considered as one entity w.e.f. 01.04.2004 and consequently, services provided between the entities should be considered as services to self, not leviable to service tax relying upon following decisions:
- Precot Mills Ltd. vs. C. C. E., Tirupati 2006 TIOL 818 CESTAT-Bang.
- Kwality Zipper Ltd. vs. C. C. E., Kanpur 2002 (145) ELT 296 (Tri.-Del)
The matter was remanded back to the original adjudicating authority to verify service tax involved in the matter and that the burden of the same was not passed on to others. The department on the other hand contended that as per the scheme of amalgamation, the employees of the transferor company were transferred to the transferee company w.e.f. 23.03.2005. Therefore, the separate identity of the service provider and service receiver remained intact till 23.03.2005 and the scheme further specified that any transactions or proceedings already concluded on or before the effective date should not be affected by the scheme of amalgamation. As per the decision in case of M/s. Wallace Flour Mills Co. Ltd. vs. Collector of Central Excise 1989 (44) ELT 598 (SC), the excise duty had to be determined at the rate prevalent on the date of removal, therefore, the taxable event being provision of service, contrary order cannot be passed by the Commissioner (Appeals).
Held:
In case of M/s. Marshall Sons & Co. (India) Ltd. (Supra), the Hon. Apex Court had held that the date of amalgamation as presented in the scheme, has to be considered to be the transfer date and not the date of the order sanctioning the scheme. The law declared by the Hon. Supreme Court was binding on all the Courts as per Article 141 of the Constitution of India and therefore, the ratio laid down in the Income Tax Act can be made applicable to Service Tax Laws in view of peculiar facts of the case. The Hon. Tribunal’s decision in case of Technocraft Industries (I) Ltd. (Supra) supported the respondent’s case that effective date needed to be preferred over the approval date. Wallace Flour Mills (Supra), was not applicable as it did not deal with the effective date of amalgamation and, accordingly, department’s appeal was rejected.
Recovery of tax – Director of a company not personally liable for sales tax dues of company: Gujarat Value Added Tax Act 2003:
Whether for the purpose of recovery of sales tax dues under the Gujarat Value Added Tax Act and Gujarat Sales Tax Act against a private limited company, the personal property belonging to the managing director of such company can be attached and sold for realisation of the dues against the company?
The said proceedings are challenged on the ground that the company and its directors being separate legal entities, the liability of the company to pay sales tax cannot be fastened on the directors personally or on the personal properties of the directors, in the absence of any provision to that effect under the Gujarat Sales tax Act, 1969.
The property in question at no point of time belonged to the company nor is it the case that the managing director is holding property as “benamdar”. In that view of the matter, the attachment and proposed auction of the residential building was on the face of it without jurisdiction. The Hon’ble Court relied on its earlier order in case of Choksi vs. State of Gujarat (2012) 51 VST 73 (Guj.)
The Court observed that the respondents were not in a position to point out any statutory provision empowering the sales tax authorities to fasten the liability of company on its directors in the matter of payment of sales tax dues. The section 26 containing the said provision regarding liability to pay tax in certain cases, covers several contingencies such as the liability in respect of the business carried on by an individual dealer after his death, the liability in respect of the dues where the dealer was an HUF and there is partition amongst various members or group of members; there is dissolution of a partnership firm and also in case of transfer of business in whole or in part. Unlike section 179 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, there is no provision in the Sales Tax Act fastening the liability of the company to pay its sales tax dues on its directors.
Books of account – Rejection without assigning reason – Not justified: U.P. Trade Tax Act, 1948
The petitioner dealer was a proprietary concern engaged in manufacturing and trade of rice and rice bran. A survey was conducted in the business premises of dealer on March 15, 2003. Neither the accountant nor the proprietor was available on the spot during the survey. The aged father of the proprietor was present who stated that the proprietor has gone outside. The books of account were produced later, but were rejected and assessment made on estimate basis. This was affirmed by the Tribunal.
On a revision petition, the High Court observed, that in the absence of the books of account at the time of survey, the stocks were not verified but the fact remained that, at a later stage, the books of account were produced by the dealer but were rejected without assigning any reason. There was no finding by the Tribunal that the dealer failed to show the cash book at the time of survey with mala fide intention. On the facts, the Tribunal was in error in affirming the rejection of the books only on the ground that the cash book could not be shown at the time of survey. The version of the dealer on the facts and circumstances of the case should have been accepted. The assessing officer directed to accept the books of account maintained by the dealer and make de novo assessment accordingly.
Compensation — Deceased persons were gratuitous passengers — Insurance company not liable; Motor Vehicle Act, 1988.
The controversy in the appeals, was as to whether the persons travelling in the truck were gratuitous passengers or sitting in the truck in their capacity as owners of the goods being carried in the truck, in terms section 147(1)(b)(i) of the Motor Vehicle Act.
The High Court observed that a bare perusal of final report would show deceased Vijay Kumar Agrawal and Suresh Shah along with other deceased/injured persons were travelling in the truck in question as gratuitous passengers and not in their capacity as owners of the goods being carried in the vehicle.
The Act does not contemplate that a goods carriage shall carry a large number of persons with a small percentage of goods as considerably the insurance policy covers the death or injuries either of the owner of the goods or his authorised representative. Further, the owner of the goods means only the person who travels in the cabin of the vehicle and travelling with the goods itself does not entitle anyone to protection u/s.147 of the Act.
The Supreme Court in the case of National Insurance Co. Ltd. v. Cholleti Bharatamma and Others, (2008) 1 SCC 423, AIR 2008 SC 484, held as under:
“It is now well settled that the owner of the goods means only the person who travels in the cabin of the vehicle.”
By applying the law laid down by the Supreme Court in the case referred hereinabove, the Court held that deceased Vijay Kumar Agrawal and Suresh Shah were travelling in truck as gratuitous passengers and not as owners of the goods being carried in the truck. Thus statutory liability of the insurance policy cannot be extended to cover the risk of gratuitous passengers sitting in the goods carriage vehicle.
Debt v. Equity — Case studies
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial instruments include a broad range of financial assets and liabilities. They include both primary financial instruments (such as cash, receivables, debt and shares in another entity) and derivative financial instruments (e.g., options, forwards, futures, interest rate swaps and currency swaps). An instrument, or its component, is classified on initial recognition as a financial liability, a financial asset or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the respective definition of a financial liability, a financial asset and an equity instrument.
An instrument is classified as a financial liability if it contains a contractual obligation to transfer cash or other financial asset, or if it will or may be settled in a variable number of the entity’s own equity instruments.
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities.
Classification as equity or financial liability:
As per the currently effective Accounting Standards in India, there is no specific accounting guidance on classification of an instrument in the books of the issuer as an equity or debt i.e., financial liability. Currently the classification and presentation in the financial statements is based on the legal form of the instrument, rather than its substance. For example, redeemable preference shares are currently presented as a part of ‘share capital’ based on their legal form under the Companies Act, 1956. However, under Ind AS, the emphasis is on the substance of the contract as against the legal form for the purpose of classification of an instrument into debt or equity. It is important to analyse whether the issuer has a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder of the instrument. The existence of such an obligation would result in an instrument being classified as a financial liability. On the other hand, instruments that allow the issuer to unconditionally avoid making any payment are considered to be equity instruments.
Example 1:
A company issues a perpetual bond (a bond that contains no maturity date) that pays 5% interest per annum. The definition of financial liability states that an instrument shall be classified as a financial liability if it contains a contractual obligation to deliver cash or other financial asset. Accordingly, this perpetual bond shall be classified as a financial liability as it contains an obligation to pay interest annually.
However in this case, if there was no liability to pay interest, the instrument would have been classified as an equity.
Example 2:
A company issues a share that is redeemable for a fixed amount of cash at the option of the holder. In this case, the entity cannot avoid the settlement of this share through delivery of cash should the holder demand repayment. Accordingly, the share meets the definition of a financial liability.
Preference shares:
- They are not redeemable on a specific date
- They are not redeemable at the option of the holder
- Dividend payments are discretionary.
Consequently, distributions on such instruments that were previously recognised as dividend expense (including dividend distribution tax) would now be recognised as an interest expense under Ind AS.
Example 3:
A company issues redeemable preference shares, with a mandatory dividend of 8% each year. These preference shares are redeemable at the option of the holder.
As per the term of these preference shares, it contains a mandatory dividend payment of 8% and the principal amount is repayable. The holder of the instrument has the right to redeem the preference shares obliging the issuer to transfer cash or other financial asset. According to the definition of a financial liability, these preference shares shall be classified as a financial liability in the balance sheet of the issuer, although the legal form of the instrument is that of shares.
Example 4:
A company issues non-redeemable preference shares with a dividend payable at the discretion of the issuer.
As per the terms of the preference shares, dividend payments are discretionary and the issuer is not obliged to pay cash. Accordingly, the preference shares shall be classified as equity.
Compound financial instruments:
Debt instruments that have equity conversion features are currently presented as borrowings since there is no accounting guidance relating to instruments that have the features of both equity and a financial liability. These instruments are therefore recognised as one instrument, classified on the basis of their legal form. On conversion, the amounts relating to these instruments are then reclassified from borrowings to equity (for the par value) and reserves (for any premium on conversion).
Example 5:
Optionally Convertible Bond: Company A has issued 2,000 6% optionally convertible bonds with a 3-year term and a face value of Rs.1,000 per bond. Each bond is optionally convertible at any time until maturity into 250 equity shares. Assume that cost of debenture issue is zero. Market interest rate for similar instrument but without conversion option is 9%.
Under currently effective accounting standards, a liability will be recognised at Rs.2,000,000.
Accounting under Ind AS 32
- Financial liability component will be recognised at present value calculated using a discount rate of 9%
- Remaining amount recognised as equity § Unwinding of discount accounted as interest expense.
- Present value of financial liability component (principal and interest) recognised using a discount rate of 9%
Example 6: Compulsorily Convertible Bond
If in the previous example, the principal amount of bonds, instead of being optionally convertible, were compulsorily convertible into 2 equity shares each i.e., fixed number of shares will be delivered in exchange for a fixed amount of the bond —
PV of interest payable contractually (Rs.120,000 as per the contractual rate of 6%) every year for 3 years, calculated at the market rate of interest of 9% p.a. will be treated as liability (this comes to Rs.303,755, similar to example 5).
The balance (Rs.2,000,000 minus Rs.303,755, i.e., Rs.1,696,245) will be treated as equity (due to the fixed for fixed criteria).
Example 7: Foreign Currency Convertible Bond
Under Ind AS, a foreign currency convertible instrument that can be settled by issuing a fixed number of equity instruments for an amount that is fixed in any currency is classified as equity. Equity is measured at cost and hence the convertible option will be carried at cost and will not result in any volatility in the profit and loss account.
A company with INR functional currency issues 200 convertible bonds denominated in US Dollars with a face value of USD 1000 per bond. The bond carries a 1% rate of interest and is convertible at the end of 10 years, at the option of the holder, into fully paid equity shares with a par value of INR 1 of the issuer at an initial conversion price of Rs. 47.00 per share with a fixed rate of exchange on conversion of INR 44.24 to USD 1.
The conversion option is an obligation for the issuer to issue a fixed number of shares [(200,000*44.24)/47] in exchange for a financial asset (principal amount of the bond — USD 200,000) that represents a right to receive an amount of cash that is fixed in US Dollar terms but variable in INR terms, depending on the exchange rate prevailing on the date of conversion.
Accordingly, under Ind AS, the convertible option shall be considered as equity as it is convertible for a fixed number of equity shares for an amount that is fixed in US Dollar. The option will be measured at cost and will not result in profit or loss. This instrument hence will be treated as a compound financial instrument, the bond being classified as liability and the conversion option being treated as equity. The accounting will be similar to that in example 6.
Under IFRS, the conversion feature in a foreign currency convertible bond is considered to be an embedded derivative and is classified as a financial liability since the conversion feature involves issuing a fixed number of equity instruments for a variable amount of cash in INR terms. Since the redemption of the bond is denominated in a foreign currency and not in the functional currency of the issuer, the financial liability derivative will be measured at fair value and the gain or loss will be taken to profit or loss account.
Accordingly, under IFRS, the convertible option is considered an embedded derivative and would have been classified as a financial liability as it is convertible for a fixed number of shares for a variable principal amount in INR terms (functional currency) (200,000 * exchange rate on the date of conversion). The convertible option will accordingly be measured at fair value with gains or losses taken to profit or loss.
As is evident, from the aforesaid examples, the impact of reclassification of debt and equity has a significant impact on the financial results. Application of these principles become challenging based on the complexity of financial instruments being issued.
Power Finance Corporation Ltd. (31-3-2011)
Deepak Fertilisers & Petrochemical Corporation Ltd. (31-3-2011)
Sales include product subsidy and claims, if any, for reimbursement of cost escalation receivable from FICC/Ministry of Agriculture/Ministry of Fertilisers.
Grants and subsidies from the Government are recognised when there is reasonable assurance of the receipt thereof on the fulfilment of the applicable conditions.
Revenue in respect of Interest other than on deposits, insurance claims, subsidy and reimbursement of cost escalation claimed from FICC/Ministry of Agriculture/Ministry of Fertilisers beyond the notified Retention Price and Price Concession on fertilisers, pending acceptance of claims by the concerned parties is recognised to the extent the company is reasonably certain of their ultimate realisation.
l Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) benefits known as carbon credit for wind energy units generated and N2O reduction in its nitric acid plant are recognised as revenue on the actual receipts of the applicable credits and estimated at prevailing realisable values.
Global Income of a Resident- Right to Tax and Dtaa
The primary right of taxing an income of its subjects is accepted internationally to be that of a country of residence (‘Residence State’ ), irrespective of the time and place of earning an income. This rule does not preclude the country of source (‘Source State’) from taxing an income. To avoid double taxation of the same income, countries enter into agreements, to provide that only one of the two countries shall tax an income and the other shall not do so (Income Elimination or Exemption Method ‘IEM’), or to provide for credit for taxes paid ( Tax Credit Method-‘TCM’) in the country of source while taxing the same income in the country of residence. In cases of some income, for example, royalty, fees for technical services, interest, dividends etc., these agreements provide for taxing income in the country of source at a concessional rate. Income arising from an immovable property is generally taxed in the country of source. Likewise, business income is taxed in the country of source provided the businessman has a permanent establishment(‘PE’) in that country. In the same manner, income of a service provider is taxed in the country of source only, when he has a fixed base in that country or his stay in that country exceeds a certain number of days.
These above general rules of taxation or assumptions underlying international taxation, like any contract, are subject to any agreement to the contrary by the contracting countries. Countries which execute Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (‘DTAA’) may agree to adhere to the generally accepted principles of taxation or may agree to differ from them by mutual agreements executed to the contrary.
DTAAs, to give effect to the intentions of the countries, employ different terminologies like; ‘shall be taxed’, ‘shall be taxed only’, ‘may be taxed’, ‘may also be taxed’, ‘may be taxed in’, ‘shall be taxed only in’, ‘shall only be taxable’, etc. Different treatments may be provided for different sources of income in the same DTAA by employing suitable language. It is commonly understood that an income will be taxed in one country only when the DTAA employs the terms like ‘shall be taxed’ or ‘shall be taxed only’. The income will be taxed in both the countries where a DTAA uses ‘may also be taxed’. The employment of the term ‘may be taxed’ however has posed serious issues of interpretation in the Indian context. One school of thought is of the view that use of words ‘may be taxed’ mean that the Source State has the exclusive right of taxation leading to complete exclusion of right of taxation for the Residence State . The other school is of the view that the use of the words ‘may be taxed’ preserves the right of taxation of the Residence State while conferring non-exclusive rights on the Source State. Conflicting decisions available on the subject are discussed here.
Ms. Pooja Bhatt’s case
The issue arose before the Mumbai bench of the ITAT in the case of Ms. Pooja Bhatt v. Dy.CIT, 26 SOT 574. In that case, the assessee, an Indian resident, had received income from performing stage shows in Canada on which tax was deducted in Canada. The assessee claimed that such income was not taxable in India in view of the India Canada DTAA, 229 ITR 44 (St.). The issue needed to be examined particularly under Article 18 of the said DTAA , which reads as under:
Article 18 ; Artistes and athletes
Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 7, 15 and 16, income derived by entertainers, such as theater, motion picture, radio or television artistes and musicians, and by athletes, from their personal activities as such may be taxed in the Contracting State in which these activities are exercised.
……….
Strong reliance was placed by the revenue on Article 23 “Elimination of double taxation”, to contend that the insertion of a specific provision for granting tax credit by the Residence State while taxing the income of the resident confirmed the intention to tax such income in both the states. Paragraph 1 of this Article, providing that the laws in force in either of the Contracting States will continue to govern the taxation of income in the respective Contracting States except where provisions to the contrary were made in the Agreement, was greatly relied upon. (For the sake of brevity, this article is not reproduced here.)
The assessee, a film artiste, participated in an entertainment show performed in Canada and received a sum of USD 6000. Tax was deducted at source in Canada equal to the sum of USD 900. The assessee claimed in the course of assessment proceedings that a sum of Rs. 1,86,000 (US dollars 6000) could not be taxed in India in view of Article 18 of India-Canada Treaty, which contention was rejected by the AO. The AO found that the assessee was a resident of India and consequently, it was held by him that her entire global income was taxable under the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 . It was further observed by him that the assessee was entitled to relief under Article 23(3)(a) of the DTAA. On appeal, the CIT(A) confirmed the order of the AO. Aggrieved by the same, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal.
On behalf of the assessee, it was contended that by virtue of Article 18 of the India-Canada Treaty, the income derived by an artiste or an athlete by performing shows/activities in Canada could not be taxed in India, since Article 18 permitted only the other contracting State, i.e., the source country to tax such income. In support of the proposition, reliance was placed on the decisions of the Hon. Supreme Court in the cases of P.V.A.L. Kulandagan Chettiar 267 ITR 654 and Turquoise Investment & Finance Ltd., 300 ITR 12, and on the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of CIT v. VR. S.R.M. Firm, 208 ITR 400 [affirmed by the Supreme Court in Kulandagan Chettiar’s case (supra)], wherein the expression “may be taxed” was interpreted to mean that the other contracting State was precluded from taxing the income.
On the other hand, the Revenue submitted that the decision of the Supreme Court in Kulandagan Chettiar’s case (supra) was on the issue of domicile, that the expression “may be taxed” was never construed by the court, that the Madras High Court decision was affirmed on different reasoning and, therefore, Supreme Court decision relied on by the assessee was distinguishable. Reliance was placed on the decision in the case of S. Mohan, In re [2007] 294 ITR 177(AAR) wherein the expression ‘may be taxed’ was construed and it was held that such words did not preclude the contracting State of residence taxing the same, if the assessee was liable to tax under the domestic law. According to this judgment, the assessee was only entitled to double taxation relief if tax had been paid in the source country. It was also submitted that the Supreme Court decision in Kulandagan Chettiar’s case (supra) was distinguished by the AAR, observing that the Supreme Court did not express any opinion regarding the scope of the expression “may be taxed”.
The Revenue further submitted that the India-Canada Treaty was similar to the OECD Model Convention and, therefore, its meaning should be understood as per the OECD Commentary. It was further submitted that there were two categories of treaties. According to one category, the relief was provided by way of exemption from tax, like in the India-Austria Treaty, and the other category was where relief was given by way of credit in respect of tax paid in other country, such as India-Canada Treaty. Therefore, the assessee was only entitled to credit for the tax paid in Canada as per the provisions of Article 23 of India-Canada Treaty. Reference was also made to page 971 of the Commentary by Klaus Vogel to contend that tax could be levied by both countries. Regarding the judgment of the Supreme Court, it was submitted that India- Malaysia Treaty considered by the Apex Court came into effect from 1-4-1973 when OECD Commentary was not in existence and, therefore, the court refused to look into the commentary. However, in the present case, the OECD Commentary was very much in existence at the time of agreement between the two countries and, therefore, the provisions of treaty should be understood as per the OECD Commentary.
The tribunal noted the undisputed facts that – (i) the assessee was a resident of India, (ii) she was an artiste who performed the entertainment show in Canada for which she was paid US Dollars 6,000 equivalent to Indian Rupees 1,86,000, (iii) tax of 900 US Dollars was deducted at source in Canada; there was also no dispute that as per the domestic law, the assessee was liable to pay tax on her entire global income. The question was whether liability to pay tax under the domestic law could be avoided in view of the provisions of Article 18 of the India-Canada Treaty.
On consideration of the rival contentions, the tribunal held that income derived by the assessee from the exercise of her activity in Canada was taxable only in the source country, i.e., Canada. On an analysis of various Articles contained in Chapter III, the tribunal found that the scheme of taxation was divided in three categories; The first category included Article 7 (Business profits without P.E. in the other State), Article 8 (Air transport), Article 9 (Shipping), Article 14 (capital gains on alienation of ships or aircrafts operated in international traffic), Article 15 (Professional services), Article 19 (Pensions) all of which provided that income shall be taxed only in the State of residence. The second category included Article 6 (Income from immovable property), Article 7 (Business profits where PE is established in other contracting State), Article 15 (Income from professional services under certain circumstances), Article 16 (Income from dependent personal services where employment is exercised in other contracting State), Article 17 (director’s fees), Article 18 (income of Artistes and Athletes), Article 20 (Govt. Service), all of which provided that such income may be taxed in the other contracting State, i.e., State of source. The third category included Article 11(Dividends), Article 12 (Interest), Article 13 (Royalty and fee for technical services), Article 14 (capital gains on other properties) and Article 22 (Other income), all of which provided that such income may be taxed in both the contracting States.
The tribunal noted that this clearly showed that the intention of parties to the DTAA was very clear. Wherever the parties intended that income was to be taxed in both the countries, they had specifically provided in clear terms and as such, it could not be said that the expression “may be taxed” used by the contracting parties gave option to the other contracting State to tax such income. Contextual meaning had to be given to such expression and if the contention of the revenue was accepted, then the specific provisions permitting both the contracting States to levy tax would become meaningless. The conjoint reading of all the provisions of Articles in Chapter III of India-Canada Treaty, led to only one conclusion that by using the expression “may be taxed in the other State”, the contracting parties permitted only the other State, i.e., State of source, to tax such income and by implication, the State of residence was precluded from taxing such income. Wherever the contracting parties intended that income may be taxed in both the countries, they had specifically so provided and the contention of the revenue that the expression “may be taxed in other State” gave the option to the other State and that the State of residence was not precluded from taxing such income, was unacceptable.
The reliance of the revenue on Article 23, the tribunal observed, was also misplaced as this provision had been made in the treaty to cover the cases falling under the third category i.e., the cases where the income might be taxed in both the countries. The cases falling under the first or second categories would be outside the scope of Article 23, since income was to be taxed only in one state.
Reliance placed by the revenue on the commentary by Klaus Vogel was found to be untenable by the tribunal, on the ground that it was now the settled legal position that commentaries could be looked into as a guiding factor only where the language of the treaty was ambiguous. In support of this view, a reference was made to the Supreme Court decision in the case of Kulandagan Chettiar (supra). In the case before them, it was found that the intention of the contracting parties was very much clear from the treaty itself. In any case, the commentaries were not binding on courts, since the same were of persuasive value or indicative of contemporaneous thinking, and the parties to the agreement were always at liberty to deviate from the same. Even assuming that the commentary supported the stand of the revenue, the same could not be accepted, since parties to the agreement had deviated from the same, clearly indicating their intention in the treaty itself.
The tribunal supported its view by referring to the Madras High Court decision in VR. S.R.M Firm (supra) where the assessee was resident of India and had earned profit on sale of immovable property in Malaysia. Article 6 of Indo-Malaysia Treaty provided that such income may be taxed in the State in which such property was situated. The assessee claimed that he was not liable to pay tax on such income in view of Article 6 of the treaty. In the above facts, the court had held that the income was taxable only in Malaysia. The tribunal observed that since the above decision had been affirmed by the Apex Court, there was no scope for taking a different view, though the Apex Court had observed that the decision of the Madras High Court was being affirmed for different reasons; the conclusion, however. remained that income could not be assessed in the State of residence, where the agreement provided that income may be taxed in the source country.
The tribunal also supported its view by referring to the decision of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Turquoise Investment & Finance Co. (supra) where the court, following the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of VR.S.R.M. Firm (supra), held that income arising on the sale of immovable property in Malaysia could not be taxed in India. It noted that the similar issue was decided in favour of the assessee by the Karnataka High Court in the case of CIT v. R.M. Muthaiah, 202 ITR 508. In that case also the assessee who was resident in India had earned income in Malaysia and claimed the same as exempt from tax in India in view of DTAA between India and Malaysia.
The AAR decision in the case of S. Mohan (supra) was found by the tribunal to be based on the interpretation of Article 16 in isolation i.e., without considering the scheme of taxation under the treaty, and the tribunal therefore did not follow the said decision.
It was held that the assessee could not be taxed in respect of the sum of Rs. 1,86,000 under the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in view of the overriding provisions of the India-Canada DTAA.
Telecommunications Consultants India Ltd.’s case
The issue recently arose in the case of Telecommunications Consultants Ltd. , 18 ITR(Trib.) 363, before the Delhi bench of the Tribunal. The assessee, a public sector undertaking owned by the Government of India under the administrative control of the Ministry of Communications, was in the business of providing full range of consultancy, design and engineering services in all fields of telecommunication in India as well as abroad. On the global front, the assessee had executed turnkey/consultancy projects in many countries in Africa and Middle East, besides South and South East Asian and CIS Countries.
The main issue involved in the appeals before the tribunal was regarding the taxability in India of income earned in a foreign country by the assessee, which was a resident of India. The relevant grounds of appeal read as under :-
“5. That on the facts and circumstances of the case and in law, the Learned CIT (Appeal) has erred in confirming the action of the Assessing Officer that the business income amounting to Rs. 10,68,26,533 attributable to the Permanent Establishment(s) of the appellate located in Oman, Mauritius, Netherlands and Tanzania, is exigible to income tax in India under the scheme of the Act.
6. That on the facts and circumstances of the case and in law, the Learned CIT (Appeal) has erred in ignoring that the business income amounting to Rs. 10,68,26,533 is attributable to the Permanent Establishment(s) of the appellate located in Oman, Mauritius, Netherlands and Tanzania, are countries with which India has Comprehensive Agreement for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to taxes on income.”
The assessee claimed that such income was taxable only in the respective countries as per the DTAA and not taxable in India. It submitted that the income attributable to the permanent establishment in the foreign country, with whom DTAA was in existence, should not be considered for the purposes of Indian taxation . It advanced the following contentions in support of its stand;
(i) For the purposes of interpretation of an international treaty, an important aspect that needed to be considered was that treaties were negotited and entered into at a political level and have several considerations as their basis.
(ii) The main function of a DTAA was to provide a bargain between two treaty countries as to the division of tax revenues between them in respect of income falling to be taxed in both jurisdictions. [Azadi Bachao Andolan, 263 ITR 706 (SC)].
(iii) Primary objective of the DTAA entered into by India was avoidance of double taxation and not relief from double taxation. [Sivagami Holdings (P.) Ltd. 20 taxmann.com 166 (Chennai) wherein the ITAT had held that the DTAA was entered into between the countries only for the limited purpose of avoiding the hardship of double taxation and if the income was not taxed in the Contracting State, holding that the same should be taxed in India was an oversimplified statement on the whole regime of DTAA].
(iv) The prime motivating factor in developing the concept of DTAA was the genuine hardship of the international assessee that the same amount of income became the subject of taxation both in the home state and in the Contracting State. It was to alleviate this burden of double taxation that the instrument of DTAA had evolved through the process of law.
(v) The mechanism of providing relief in the form of credit was only when, in accordance with the provisions of the DTAA, double taxation could not be avoided. Article 23 of OECD model convention would be applicable only where income may be taxed in both countries. In the instant case, since the income arising from the permanent establishment (PE) was taxable only in the country of source in accordance with Article 7 of the applicable DTAA, application of Article 23 did not arise. [Vr. S.R.M. Firm 208 ITR 400 (Mad.)].
(vi) Article 4 of the OECD model convention defined “residence” and the determination of residency was not in question. The assessee was a tax resident of India, which was an uncontroverted fact. Therefore, any analysis or reliance on Article 4 of OECD Model Convention (Residence) in respect of residency was not proper and was misplaced.
(vii) Article 7 of the applicable DTAA provided that the profits of an enterprise of the Contracting
State shall be taxable only in the State unless the enterprise carries on business in the other Contracting State through a PE situated therein. Therefore, once the Revenue accepted that there was a PE outside India, its profits would be taxable only in the country of source according to Article 7, and residence would not be a determinative criteria. [Lakshmi Textile Exporters Ltd. 245 ITR 521 (Mad.)].
(viii) The classification of the Articles under the DTAA from the OECD Commentary merits consideration in view of the discussion in Ms. Pooja Bhatt, 26 SOT 574 (Mum.) which clearly stipulated that the language of Article 7 which included the phrase ‘may be taxed’ meant the Contracting States permitted only the other Contracting State i.e. State of source of income, to tax such income.
(ix) From a perusal of the judgment of the Hon. Apex Court in Kulandagan Chettiar, [supra], it could not be inferred that the reasons given by the Special Bench of Hon. ITAT were incorrect, merely because the decision of the Hon. Tribunal was upheld by the Hon’ble Supreme Court for different reasons. [Mideast India Ltd. 28 SOT 395 (Delhi)].
(x) The ITAT in this judgment on appreciating Article 7 of the relevant DTAA also held that the profits derived from the business carried on through a PE in a contracting State by a resident or an enterprise of the other contracting State, was liable to be taxed in the first mentioned State to the extent the same was directly or indirectly attributable to the PE and the same thus shall not be taxable in other contracting State. The profit in question was earned by the assessee in USSR through its PE in that country and since it was not the case of the revenue that the assessee company had no PE in USSR or that any portion of the profit earned by it in USSR was not attributable to that PE, it followed that the entire income earned by the assessee in USSR through its PE was chargeable to tax in that country as per Article 7(1) of the DTAA between India and USSR.
(xi) The Bombay High Court in the case of Essar Oil , 345 ITR 443 in the context of India-Oman DTAA has observed that since the taxpayer has a PE in Oman, in view of Article 7 of the DTAA, the profits earned in Oman were rightly excluded in India.
(xii) The case of ITO (OSD) v. Data Software Research Co. (P) Ltd., 288 ITR 289(Mad.), could be regarded as ‘per incuriam’ i.e. was rendered without having been informed about binding precedents that were directly relevant rendered in the matter of S.R.M. Firm (supra) by the jurisdictional High Court. According to the doctrine of ‘per incuriam’, any judgment which had been passed in ignorance of or without considering a statutory provision or a binding precedent was not good law and the same ought to be ignored. [Siddharam Satlingappa Mhetre v. State of Maharashtra AIR 2011 SC 312].
(xiii) Reliance on OECD Commentary on Model Tax Convention had not been accepted by the Courts of India as having a precedent value. [ Pooja Bhatt (supra) and Kulandagan Chettiar (supra)].
(xiv) The AAR ruling in S. Mohan, In re [2007] 294 ITR 177 as adverted during the course of the hearing did not in any way support the contention of the Department, since it had been observed in the ruling that the language of treaty provision in which the expression ‘may be taxed’ was used in Indo-Malaysia DTAA which was under consideration in Kulandagan Chettiar ( supra) was not comparable to the language employed in Article 16(1) of Indo-Norway DTAA, which was the subject matter of S. Mohan’s ruling.
(xv) According to the provisions of Section 255, where an earlier co-ordinate bench had taken a decision, a subsequent bench could not differ from such a decision on similar set of facts. In such cases, the matter had to be referred to the President to refer the case to a larger bench. [Sayaji Iron & Engg Co.,121 Taxman 43 (Guj.)].
On behalf of the Revenue, attention of the tribu-nal was invited to some fundamental principles of international taxation, to emphasise that where a contracting state is given exclusive right to tax a particular kind of income, then relevant article of convention used the phrase ‘shall be taxable only’; that as a rule, such exclusive right was given to state of residence, though there were a few articles where exclusive right to tax was given to state of source also; that the phrase ‘shall be taxable only’ precluded other contracting state from taxing that income’ for an item of income; where attribution of right to tax was not exclusive, the convention used the phrase ‘may be taxed’; regarding ‘dividend’ and ‘interest’ income’, primary right of taxation was given to state of residence, though this was not exclusive right as paragraph 1 of relevant articles 10 and 11 of model OECD convention used the phrase “may be taxed’ and at the same time, paragraph 2 of said articles used phrase ‘may also be taxed’ and gave simultane-ous taxing rights to state of source. For these two items of income, no state was given exclusive right to tax. It was further impressed that where for an item of income the phrase ‘may be taxed’ in state of source was used and nothing was mentioned about taxing right of state of residence in convention itself, then state of residence was not precluded from taxing such income and could tax it using inherent right of state of residence to tax global income of its resident. It was only when the state of source was given exclusive right to tax an item of income by using the phrase ‘shall be taxable only’, then the state of residence was precluded from taxing it and it meant state of residence had voluntarily given up its inherent right to tax.
The Revenue highlighted that the assessee was a resident of India and thus being state of residence, India had inherent right to tax global income of as-sessee as per section 5 of IT Act, 1961; it had a PE in foreign countries with whom India had entered into DTAA and had opted for application of DTAA u/s 90(2) of IT Act; the character of income under issue was business income and therefore,Article 7 of relevant DTAAs was applicable.
The Revenue further contended that the combined reading of Article 7 meant that the state of source had non-exclusive right to tax business income attrib-utable to PE and therefore, it might tax it as per its domestic laws. However, this non-exclusive right of state of source did not extinguish the inherent right of the state of residence to tax global income of its resident. In a situation where state of residence had given up its inherent right, the second sentence of article 7 would have used the phrase ‘shall be taxable only’. Now, in all DTAAs applicable in case of the assessee, the second sentence used the phrase ‘may be taxed’. Therefore, the inherent right of India to tax global income of its resident was not lost. The contention of the assessee was fallacious in view of the discussion above. The proper course on the part of the assessee would have been to claim credit of taxes paid in foreign countries, because the relevant DTAA provided that India shall relieve double taxa-tion by giving credit of taxes paid in state of source.
For the Revenue, it was important to examine what the Supreme Court had held in Kulandagan Chet-tiar’s case (supra), as that was the source of all the decisions that followed it, to hold that income once taxed outside India was not taxable in India. It was argued that in that case, the Supreme Court had held that; interpretation of phrase ‘may be taxed’ was not required as the assessee was resident of both India and Malaysia as per their respective do-mestic tax laws and the situation of dual residence was to be reduced to situation of single residence by applying tie breaking rules contained in Article 4(2) of treaty; by applying tie breaking rules, the Supreme Court came to the conclusion that the assessee was having closer personal and economic relations with Malaysia and therefore, the assessee became resident of Malaysia; Malaysia being state of residence for the assessee, Malaysia had inherent right to tax global income of the assessee. This is how income of assessee was held not to be taxable in India which is explained by the Supreme Court at pages 671 & 672 of 267 ITR. Closer examination of this Supreme Court decision showed that it had clearly upheld the basic principle that state of residence (in that case, Malaysia) had the right to tax global income of its resident.
It was further argued that the decisions holding that income arising in state where permanent establishment was situated could be taxed in that state only and state of residence was precluded from taxing such income militated against the basics of DTAA and also were not consistent with ratio of the Supreme Court decision in Kulandagan Chettiar’s case (supra) and therefore the ratio therein was not correctly applied in those cases. In all cases relied upon by the assessee, the tax payers were resident of India and there was no situation of dual residence. India remained state of residence and therefore India had inherent right to tax global income of its residents.
Decision in the case of Data Software Research Co. (P.) Ltd. (supra ) was cited to state that the facts therein were exactly the same as were in present case. Reliance was also placed on S. Mohan’s case (supra) in which interpretation of phrase ‘may be taxed’ which was consistent with OECD Commentary had been taken. In that case, issue involved was taxability of salary income under Article 16(1) which used the phrase ‘may be taxable’ for the source state.
In a nutshell, according to the Revenue, if the assessee had paid taxes in foreign countries on income earned from PE in those countries, credit of those taxes could be claimed in India. Therefore, the crux of the controversy was whether India had given up its right to tax under Article 7 of any DTAA applicable to the assessee and if not, India shall give credit for taxes paid in country of source. To give an example, India had given up its right to tax capital gains arising in India to residents of Mauritius under Indo -Mauritius DTAA, but this was not the situation in case of DTAA applicable to present assessee. Reliance was also placed on Manpreet Singh Gambhir (supra) which had also been relied upon by the assessee. In that case, the ITAT had held that assessee was entitled to credit of taxes paid in USA on income earned in USA. Finally, it was prayed that the grounds of assessee’s be dismissed.
The tribunal on hearing the parties in detail and on perusal of the case laws relied upon, observed and held as under;
(i) Since the assessee company was incorporated in India, the provisions of Income-tax Act, being a domestic law, were applicable to the assessee and all the incomes of the assessee, including the global income, were liable to be taxed in India.
(ii) Section 5(1)(c) provided that the total income of any previous year of a person who was a resident, includes all income from whatever source derived which accrued or arose to him outside India during such year.
(iii) As per the provisions of Income-tax Act, the assessee was a resident of India.
(iv) Due to State of residency, India had inherent right to tax the global income of the assessee as per provisions of Section 5 of Income-tax Act, 1961.
(v) The combined reading of the sentences of Article 7 of relevant DTAA meant that the state of source had non-exclusive right to tax business income attributable to permanent establishment. Such income may be taxed as per the domestic laws. The non-exclusive right of state of source did not extinguish the inherent right of state of residency to tax global income of its residents. In the circumstances, where the state of residence of the taxpayer had given up its inherent right to tax the global income, in such situation, the phrase used in Article 7 of the DTAA was “shall be taxable only”. Since all the DTAA applicable in the case of assessee the phrase used “may be taxed”, therefore, inherent right of taxation of global business income in India was not lost.
(vi) Case laws relied upon by assessee were basically based on the decision of the Supreme Court in Kulandagan Chettiar’s case (supra) where conclusions rested on the fact that the personal and economic relations of the assessee in relation to capital asset were far closer in the State of Malaysia than in India. In view of these facts, the residency of India was held to be irrelevant and in that view of matter, issue was so decided. Assessee’s contention that its foreign income was taxable income in foreign countries and it could not be taxed in India was an untenable contention based on wrong interpretation of Article 7 of relevant DTAA.
(vii) Only in the case of use of phrase “shall be taxed only”, the state of residence is precluded from taxing it. In such cases, where the phrase “may be taxed” was used, the state of residence had been given its inherent right to tax.
(viii) The facts of assessee’s case were completely different from the set of facts in Kulandagan Chettiar’s case (supra). In that case, assessee sought a relief under the India-Malaysia DTAA, and the Supreme Court held that it was a case of dual residency. The Supreme Court’s conclusion rested on the fact that personal and economic relations of the assessee in relation to capital assets were far closer in Malaysia than in India and in those facts, the residence of India became irrelevant. The assessee was not having permanent establishment in India in respect of that source of income. On the aspect and scope of the expression “may be taxed”, the Supreme Court had not expressed any opinion. Thus, the facts of that case were completely at variance to the facts of assessee’s case.
(ix) The facts of the several cases relied upon by the assessee were found to be at variance with the facts in the assessee’s case.
The tribunal therefore rejected the assessee’s appeal.
Observations
The controversy poses some very fundamental issues in taxation of an income from cross country transactions and is therefore surprising that it has been allowed to remain open for long. The issue is further fuelled by the Notification No.S.O. 2123(E) dated 28 August, 2008 wherein the Central Government, in exercise of its powers under section 90, has clarified that the term ‘ may be taxed’ used in the context of an income shall mean that such income shall be included in the total income chargeable to tax in India in accordance with the provisions of the Income tax Act, 1961, and relief shall be granted in accordance with the method for elimination or avoidance of double taxation provided in an agreement. A similar Notification bearing No.S.O. 2124(E) dated 28th August, 2008 has been issued under section 90A of the Act, the efficacy of which was tested recently by the tribunal in the case of Apollo Hospitality Pvt. Ltd.
The raging controversy requires immediate attention also for the fact that the Indian judiciary has taken a stand that is at variance with the international tax practice.
Internationally, two systems of taxation prevail for bringing to tax the profits arising on cross country transactions. One is Residence based taxation and another is Source based taxation. In the former, the Residence State has the primary right of taxation. Almost all countries follow the residence based taxation under which a country can tax its residents on their global income, wherever it is earned, while non-residents are taxed only on the income sourced inside the country. Such powers of taxation are enshrined in the domestic tax laws of a country. India largely follows the residence based taxation system, a fact that can be gathered from section 5 of the Income-tax Act, 1961.
Under a source based system, a country can tax a person, whether resident or non- resident, only on income sourced inside the country. A country following this system eliminates the need for any DTAA. It is because of the fact that the countries choose to tax a resident on his world income and the source country also needs to tax such an income, that a need arises for DTAA to eliminate double taxation of the same income.
The Model Conventions (MC), while prescribing the model agreements, rely on any of the two rules or adopt both of them to avoid double taxation. One is to allocate taxing rights between contracting states with respect to various kinds of incomes by adopting what is known as the ‘Distributive rule’ – taxing rights are distributed between contracting states. Exclusive rights to taxation in respect of certain incomes are given to one state and the other state is precluded from taxing those incomes and therefore double taxation is avoided. Generally, such exclusive rights are given to Residence State (see paragraph 19 of the OECD Commentary). The Source State is thereby prevented from taxing those items and double taxation is avoided. In the case of other items of income and capital, the right to tax is not an exclusive one. As regards two classes of income (dividends and interest), although both States are given the right to tax, the amount of tax that may be imposed in the State of source is limited.
The Second rule is to put the Residence State under an obligation to give either credit for taxes paid in the Source State or to exempt the income taxed in the Source State. These two rules have been explained in paragraph 19 of OECD commentary titled ‘Taxation of Income and Capital’. It is the stand of the Government of India that it follows credit method for relieving double taxation as a rule and departs from the said rule only under a specific writing to the contrary.
In respect of other types of income, the right to tax is not an exclusive one. The other state may also tax that income and depending upon taxing rights of Source state, incomes are classified into three categories as explained by paragraphs 20 to 23 of the OECD Commentary .
The scheme of taxation is divided in three categories; The first category includes Article 7, 8, 9 14,15, and 19, all of which provide that income shall be taxed only in the Residence State. The second category includes Article 6, 7, 15 ,16, 17, 18 and 20, all of which provides that such income may be taxed in the Source State. The third category includes Article 11, 12 ,13, 14 and 22, all of which provides that such income may be taxed in both the contracting states.
The distributive rules use the words, ‘shall be taxable only’, ‘may be taxed’ and ‘may also be taxed’. Interpretation of these phrases has been provided in paragraphs 6 and 7 of OECD Commentary. The commentary states that the use of words “shall be taxable only” in a Contracting State indicates an exclusive right to tax is given to one of the Contracting States; the words “shall be taxable only” in a contracting State preclude the other Contracting State from taxing. The State to which the exclusive right to tax is given is normally the Residence State, but in some Articles the exclusive right may be given to the Source State. For other items of income or capital, the attribution of the right to tax is not exclusive and the relevant Article then states that the income or capital in question “may be taxed”. Regarding ‘dividend’ and ‘interest’ income’, primary right of taxation is given to state of residence, though this is not exclusive right as paragraph 1 of relevant articles 10 and 11 of model OECD convention uses the phrase “may be taxed’. At the same time, paragraph 2 of said articles uses phrase ‘may also be taxed’ and gives simultaneous taxing rights to state of source. Thus, for these two items of income, no state is given exclusive right to tax.
At this place, it is to be noted that no single method or a uniform formula is adopted in drafting the tax treaties. Varied approaches are seen to be adopted to convey the mutual understandings of the countries that are party to such treaties. Even within the same treaty, different approaches are adopted for income with different characters. Even the intentions of the parties are conveyed through use of different words on different occasions. For example, paragraph 1 of Article 11 provides that dividend income may be taxed in the other contracting State, while paragraph 2 provides that dividend income may also be taxed in the State of residence. Similarly, Article 14(2) and Article 22 provide that income may be taxed in both the countries.
Article 7 of relevant MC provides that the profit of an enterprise of a contracting state shall be taxable only in that state, i.e Residence State, unless the en-terprise carried on business in other contracting state through a permanent establishment situated therein i.e., in the Source State. If the enterprise carried on business as aforesaid, the profits of the enterprises may be taxed in the other Contracting State, but only so much of them as was attributable directly or indirectly to that permanent establishment. The first part of the Article gives an exclusive right to the taxation of business income to the Residence State as the phrase used as “shall be taxable only”. The real debate is about the second part of the Article 7 where the words used are “may be taxed”. Does this part give exclusive right of taxation only to the Source State or does it give the right to the Residence State as well to tax such an income and while doing so to give credit for taxes paid in Source State? As noted, the OECD commentary as also the commentary by Klaus Vogel support the view that the Source State under Article 7 of MC has a non-exclusive right of taxation.
This position is accepted globally and countries tax the income in the hands of the resident in cases where the relevant Article uses the words ‘ may be taxed’, especially the income of the PE, though taxed in the Source State, and give credit for the taxes paid in the Source State.
It is time to take note of the developed law in India. Is the internationally accepted position ratified by the judiciary in India? The gist of the following decisions reveals the story;
(i) The Karnataka High Court in the case of R.N. Muthaiah, 202 ITR 508 in the context of Indo-Malaysian treaty held that the Malaysian in-come was not taxable in India once it was subject to tax in Malaysia. The court observed that “When a power is specifically recognised as vesting in one, exercise of such a power by others is to be read as not available; such a recognition of power with the Malaysian Government would take away the said power from the Indian Government; the agreement thus operates as a bar on the power of the Indian Government in the instant case. This bar would operate on sections 4 and 5 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, also.”
(ii) In the case of Vr. S.R.M. Firm, 208 ITR 400 (Mad.), the Madras High Court held that an occasion to deal with several cases involving taxation of income earned in Malaysia by Indian residents from different sources mainly capital gains, business income, dividend and interest. The relevant Articles of the said treaty dealing with income with different characteristics, all of them, provided that income may be taxed in Malaysia. In the context of the above facts, the Court held that express conferment of right to tax an income on one of the states conveyed an implied prohibition on the other state to tax the said income. The court observed that “The contention on behalf of the Revenue that wherever the enabling words such as “may be taxed” are used there is no prohibition or embargo upon the authorities exercising powers under the Act, from assessing the category or class of income concerned cannot be countenanced as of substance or merit. As rightly pointed out on behalf of the assessees, when referring to an obvious position such enabling form of language has been liberally used and the same cannot be taken advantage of by the Revenue to claim for it a right to bring to assessment the income covered by such clauses in the agreement, and the mandatory form of language has been used only where there is room or scope for doubts or more than one view possible, by identifying and fixing the position and placing it beyond doubt.” The Court accordingly held that none of the income above mentioned could be taxed in India even though the recipient of income was a resident under the Income Tax Act 1961.
(iii) In Lakshmi Textile Exporters Ltd, 245 ITR 521 (Mad.), in the context of Article 7 of the DTAA between India and Sri Lanka, it was held that once an income of a company resident in India was liable to be taxed in Sri Lanka under the said DTAA, then such income could not have been taxed in India. Article 7 of the said DTAA provided that the profits of an enterprise shall be taxed in the contracting state of which the enterprise was resident, unless it carried on the business in the other contracting state through a PE (Permanent Establishment) situated in that state.
(iv) The Supreme Court in the case of P.V.A.L. Kulandagan Chettiar, 267 ITR 654 was required to examine the true meaning of the words ‘may be taxed’ used in different Articles of the DTAA with Malaysia, 107 ITR 36 (ST). The said case was filed by the revenue against the decision of the Madras High Court to which a reference was made out of the decision of the Special Bench of the ITAT. The Special Bench of the ITAT and the High Court had held that income from a firm, resident of India, by way of capital gains on sale of immovable properties at Malaysia and business income from business of rubber estate in Malaysia was not taxable in India . The Madras High Court had rejected the contention of revenue in that case, to the effect that wherever the enabling words such as ‘may be taxed’ were used, there was no prohibition or embargo upon the authorities from assessing the income in India and had found such contention to be devoid of substance or merit. The Court had also found unsafe or unacceptable to apply the OECD Commentary, on MC 1977 as a guide or an aid for construction. Detailed arguments were made by the contesting parties in support of the rival contentions. The Supreme Court, for reasons different than those of the High Court, held that the income of the resident that was taxable in Malaysia was not taxable in India on the finding that the assessee firm in question was resident of Malaysia and not of India by applying the tie-breaker test contained in Article 4 of the said DTAA. The Court held that the Malaysian income was not taxable in India, unless the assessee firm had a PE in India. The Court refused to enter into an exercise in semantics as to whether the expression ‘may be’ meant allocation of power to tax or was only one of the options and it only granted the power to tax in that state and unless tax was imposed and paid, no relief could be sought. The review petition filed by the revenue against the decision was dismissed by the Supreme Court for inordinate delay and for want of any ground to entertain the petition, 300 ITR 5 (SC).
(v) The Indore Bench of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Turquoise Investment & Finance Ltd., 299 ITR 143 (MP) held that dividend income earned by a resident of India, from a Malaysian company was not liable to tax in India. In view of this finding of the court, the other question as to whether such dividend income was taxable in India u/s. 5(i)(c) in the hands of the resident assessee, once it was taxed in Malaysia as per Article 11 of the DTAA, was considered by the Court in favor of the assessee. This decision of the MP High Court has been approved by the Supreme Court in the case reported in 300 ITR 1 (SC) by following the decision in the case of Kulandagan Chettiair(supra). The Court approved the findings of the Madras High Court in the case of Vr.S.R.M. Firm, 208 ITR 400 wherein it was held that dividend income from a Malaysian company was not taxable in India.
(vi) The AAR in S.Mohan, In Re, 294 ITR 177 (AAR) distinguished the Supreme Court decision in Kullandagan Chettiair’s case to hold that income of an Indian resident by way of salary for services in Norway was taxable in India. It noted that the use of the words ‘may be taxed’ in Article 16 made it possible to subject to tax such remuneration derived by a resident of India. It noted that the expression ‘may be taxed’ was used in the contradistinction to the expression ‘shall be taxable’ and as such the right of taxation was available to both the contracting states for bringing to tax the employment income.
(vii) The Bombay High Court recently in the case of Essar Oil Ltd, 345 ITR 443 (Bom.) dealt with a case of an Indian company with a PE in Oman. Interpreting Article 7 of the Indo-Oman DTAA, the court, following Kullandagan Chettiair’s decision, held that the profit earned by the company from the PE in Oman was to be excluded in computing income liable to Indian tax.
(viii) In the case of Mideast India Ltd, 28 SOT 395 (Delhi), the assessee company, resident in India derived income from business operations in the USSR that were carried out through its PE in that country. The company had claimed that the said income was not taxable in India by virtue of Article 7(1) of the Indo-USSR treaty which provided that the profits derived through a PE by an Indian Enterprise, in the USSR may be taxed in the USSR only. The Tribunal, following the Supreme Court decision in Kullandagan Chettiar’s case held that such income was not taxable in India. It observed that “The learned DR has also contended that although the final operative decision of the Special Bench of ITAT has been upheld by the Hon’ble Supreme Court, the reasoning given by the Hon’ble Supreme Court while affirming the said decision is entirely different from the reasoning given by the Special Bench of the Tribunal. However, as rightly submitted by the learned counsel for the assessee, a perusal of the judgment of the Hon’ble Apex Court shows that there is nothing contained therein to indicate that the reasons given by the Special Bench of ITAT to come to a conclusion as it did were disapproved by the Hon’ble Supreme Court or the same were found to be inappropriate or incorrect… In our opinion, the decision of Special Bench of IT AT in the case of P.V.A.L. Kulandagan Chettiar (supra) thus still holds the field and the same being squarely on the point in issue involved in the present case and is binding on us, we respectfully follow the same and uphold the impugned order of the learned CIT(A) deleting the addition made by the Assessing Officer to the total income of the assessee on account of income earned by it in the form of profits of business earned in USSR which was entirely attributable to the permanent establishment in that country.”
(ix) In Data Software Research Co. (P) Ltd., 288 ITR 289(Mad.), the tribunal on similar facts held that the income from PE in …………. earned by an Indian resident was taxable in India.
(x) In Apollo Hospital Enterprises Ltd., the Chennai bench of the tribunal held that the income from capital gains from sale of shares of the Sri Lankan company by an Indian company was not taxable in India, in view of the Indian-Sri Lankan treaty which provided for taxing such an income in Sri Lanka only through the use of the words ‘may be taxed’. The tribunal rejected the contention of the revenue that the term ‘ may be taxed’ indicated the non-exclusive right of taxation of the Sri Lankan Government in view of the Notification issued in 2008 u/s 90A. It noted that section 90A had a limited application to certain jurisdictions and did not apply to nations. The revenue made a wrong reference, and should have relied on the no-tification issued u/s 90 of the Act, which was not brought to the notice of the Tribunal.
It is apparent from a reading of the above decisions that the income of a PE in the hands of a person resident in India, is taxable in the Source State only and cannot be subjected to tax in India.
There is accordingly a clear cut divide between the international tax practice and the Indian one. The case in support of the Indian understanding is unambiguous and clear, when it comes to treaties containing Articles with use of both the phrases, namely, ‘may be taxed’ and ‘may also be taxed’. This confirms that wherever the countries intended, they have provided for specific right on Residence State by inserting an additional phrase ‘may also be taxed’ to secure the right of the taxation for the Residence State. This by implication confirms that the Article using the phrase ‘may be taxed’ alone confers an exclusive right of taxation on the Source State. In such a case, the income from Source state will not be taxed in India. This is best brought out by the learned members in Ms. Pooja Bhatt’s case. The tribunal in that case has relied upon the contextual interpretation to hold that the Source State had an exclusive right of taxation. In the India Canada treaty, wherever the contracting parties intended that income may be taxed in both the countries, they have specifically so provided and this fact clearly confirms that wherever it was not so provided, there arose an exclusive right in favour of the Source State even where the phrase used is “may be taxed in other State”.
As regards the treaties where such a clear cut distinc-tion is not possible by use of the two phraseologies, one will still be supported by a good number of decisions, including that of the high courts, which have taken a view that the Source State alone has an exclusive right of taxation. Some of these decisions, mainly in Mutthaiah and Vr. S.R.M.’s cases, have been delivered independent of the Kulandagan Chettiar’s decision and have provided the sound rationale for doing so. They may also rely upon the decision of the Special Bench of the tribunal in the case of P.V.A.L. Kulandagan Chettiar , though the validity of the said decision may be debatable in view of the fact that the said decision may be treated as the one delivered on facts rendered, irrelevant by the Supreme court.
Whether the Notifications issued under section 90(3) and 90A(3) by the Government under the valid powers can be binding or not is another hurdle one will have to pass through, before heaving a sigh of relief. The Notifications, if found to be binding with retrospective effect, will take the steam out of most of the decisions. The recent insertion of explanation 3 to section 90 by the Finance Act 2012, with effect from 1st October 2009, provides that such notifications shall come into force from the date on which the DTAA was entered into. The issue is whether one country, out of two countries which have signed the DTAA, can independently assign its own meaning to the DTAA. It is felt that it may be difficult for the Government to support the validity of the concerned notification, as the same may be considered to provide a meaning that is inconsistent with the provisions of the agreement.
Gujarat Fluorochemicals Ltd. (31-3-2011)
Revenue recognition: The company recognises sales when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the customers, which is generally at the point of dispatch of goods. Gross sales includes excise duty but are exclusive of sales tax. Revenue from carbon credits is recognised on delivery thereof or sale of rights therein, as the case may be, in terms of the contract with the respective buyer and is net of payment towards cancellation of contracts.
Navin Fluorine International Ltd. (31-3-2011)
Politically Exposed Persons
Guidelines issued by Reserve Bank of India as well as by SEBI accept this in principle, but they restrict EDD to PEPs of foreign origin or those residing abroad. They exclude domestic PEPs. PEPs are a special class by themselves and may not apparently attract provisions relating to Related Party Transactions under AS 18, provisions of Companies Act pertaining to interested director etc.
Effectively, domestic PEPs – high ranking politicians (whether they are ministers, members of ruling party or opposition parties) and their relatives have a field day. The disclosures made in the last few days, by the media and `India Against Corruption’ (IAC) brings out this fact sharply. The disclosures raise the issues of legality, corruption and more importantly public probity and propriety.
Every citizen wants government officials do their work efficiently and diligently. In many cases, service standards have been formulated and have been put up prominently outside the government offices. But are these standards followed in case of an ordinary citizen? When it comes to politicians and their relatives, the government officials become super efficient and files move swiftly, be it for approval of dams in Maharashtra or permissions for land in Gurgaon for the son-in-law or in Nagpur for the opposition leader. This unusual efficiency raises suspicions.
Nobody denies the importance of agriculture in India. But when a former Cabinet minister revises his tax returns for three years, raising his agricultural income manifold, one wonders whether agriculture is actually so profitable and how the original returns were so grossly inaccurate. One cannot ignore the coincidence of initials of this minister being the same as those of the person to whom certain payments have been allegedly made by a public company. One will not be surprised if this hyper-successful agriculturist minister has a huge cash balance in his books.
India believes in the rule of law. But we also have as our Law Minister, who in response to allegations made about the functioning of the charitable trust that the heads, says that he will reply with `blood’.
It is often said that, if businessmen and persons with resources take active part in politics, there will be reduction in corruption. We also believe that people from lower ranks of the society should progress. A politician and businessman from Maharashtra has taken this seriously with the result that his business has prospered and his driver has become a director of companies which have their registered offices in slums and chawls and these companies have invested millions in the group of companies headed by this politician. In the maze of companies, one is unable to decide who the beneficial shareholders are.
Some of the transactions coming to light may turn out to be patently illegal if properly investigated, while others may involve veiled corruption in the form of use of political power, contacts and influence. Some of the transactions may not be illegal but they certainly smack of complete impropriety. There is also a new disturbing trend – whenever there is any allegation, the person alleged to have done the wrong blatantly challenges the other to go to court, knowing well that the matter will rarely be taken to courts, if at all there is any investigation it will be shoddy, it will take years and ultimately nothing will happen. This is the sad reality. Yes, ultimately where there’s illegality or corruption the matters should go to court. At the same time, many offences are easy to commit but difficult to prove the way investigations are carried out and the law of evidence is implemented in our country. Also, the courts cannot deal with matters of impropriety, if the transactions are otherwise legal at least on the face of it. In such cases, it is only when such persons feel disgraced that such actions would be curbed. Social pressure can be a tremendous deterrent to improper actions.
The staff of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/The World Bank has published a paper `Politically Exposed Persons – A Policy Paper on Strengthening Preventive Measures’. The first recommendation in this Paper is that laws and regulations should make no distinction between domestic and foreign PEPs. The standards adopted by FATF and regional and national standard setters should require similar enhanced due diligence for both foreign and domestic PEPs. The Paper also cites lack of political will and commitment as one of the key causes for not being able to make the genuine difference.
How true!
Editor
Chemplast Sanmar Ltd. (31-3-2011)
Income from Certified Emission Reduction (CER): The company is entitled to receive Carbon Credits towards CER from United Nations Framework Convention for Climate Change (UNFCCC). Income from CER is reckoned when the company is entitled to such credits, which occurs
— on incineration of HFC 23 at Mettur
— on production of steam from waste heat recovery boiler at Karaikal.
Accounting standards – GAPS in GAP
There are two views on this matter.
View 1 View 1 is based on paragraph 8.8.7.7 of the ‘Guidance Note on the Revised Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956’ and paragraph 14 of AS-4 (see below). It states that AS-4 ‘Contingencies and Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date’ require that dividends stated to be in respect of the period covered by the Financial Statements, which are proposed or declared by the enterprise after the balance sheet date but before approval of the financial statements, should be adjusted. Keeping this in view and the fact that the Accounting Standards override the revised Schedule VI, companies will have to continue to create a provision for dividends in respect of the period covered by the financial statements and disclose the same as a provision in the balance sheet, unless AS-4 is revised.
Thus as per the Guidance Note a provision for proposed dividend is required, though there is no present obligation at the balance sheet to pay dividends. This is because of the specific requirement of paragraph 14 of AS-4.
View 2 The following two paragraphs deal with proposed dividends under AS-4.
8.5 There are events which, although they take place after the balance sheet date, are sometimes reflected in the financial statements because of statutory requirements or because of their special nature. Such items include the amount of dividend proposed or declared by the enterprise after the balance sheet date in respect of the period covered by the financial statements.
14. Dividends stated to be in respect of the period covered by the financial statements, which are proposed or declared by the enterprise after the balance sheet date but before approval of the financial statements, should be adjusted.
The requirement to provide for proposed dividend established in paragraph 14 should be read along with paragraph 8.5. When read together, some argue that the requirement to provide for proposed dividend exists in AS-4 only because of a statutory requirement (pre-revised Schedule VI). Hence, proposed dividends not required to be provided for under revised Schedule VI, should not be provided for even if paragraph 14 of AS-4 is not withdrawn or amended.
Author’s view The author believes that the requirement to provide for proposed dividend is expressly required under paragraph 14 of AS-4 and hence proposed dividend should be provided for. Nonetheless, view 2 has some merits and reflects the intention of the standard-setters. Thus view 2 may be an acceptable view, subject to clarification by the ICAI. In any case, the ICAI should take immediate steps to amend paragraph 14, to state that proposed dividends are not required to be provided for at the balance sheet date. This will also bring us in line with International Financial Reporting Standards.
The Art of ‘Giving’
‘Giving’ is advocated by all religions, castes and creeds and even by the ‘atheist’. The issues are : what do we mean by ‘Giving’ and how should one ‘give’. The issues I have are:
• is it ‘giving’ when you expect a return – may be a ‘thank you’. I believe it is not ‘giving’ but is a barter. If I am not wrong Jesus said, ‘Give in a manner that the left hand does not know what the right hand is giving’.
• is having your photograph taken or name plate placed in return for ‘giving’. We all, including the author, indulge in it. But is it ‘giving’! One is seeking acknowledgement – a reward. However, it is better than not ‘giving’.
• is it ‘giving’ – eg – when you present something to someone and expect the person to look after what you have ‘given’ in the manner you desire. Is it giving: when you say ‘take care of it – it is expensive’. The answer is, ‘no’, because you in your mind are still retaining ownership. ‘Giving’ should free oneself of the feeling of ownership.
Concept of charity – ‘giving’ – also makes one feel superior – it feeds the ego. This is what has to be avoided whilst ‘giving’. ‘Giving’ probably also makes the receiver feel……. This also has to be and should be avoided – not only consciously but also subconsciously. When you give – give with a feeling that you are giving to yourself – this would unite you with the receiver and eliminate any feeling of superiority.
‘Giving’ however, is not restricted to tangibles – for example – ‘giving’ can be of time coupled with patience – that is what is listening – nay real listening. It relieves a person of a burden – clears his agitated or disturbed mind – calms him, makes him responsive to a suggestion or a solution. Time is one of the finest means of ‘giving’. Kahlil Gibran has rightly said:
‘You give but little when you give of your possessions. It is when you give of yourself that you truly give.’
Giving , in my view , is also a self serving act because all texts say and all noble persons preach that ‘give and it will be given to you… for the measure you give will be the measure you get back’. This expectation again makes giving a barter, a deal full of expectations – seeking a reward not from the recipient but from the Almighty. Hence, it again is not giving in true sense. As mentioned earlier giving has to be without expectation. Giving should be for self satisfaction and not self glorification.
If the above are not ‘giving’ then what is ‘giving’. ‘Giving’, in my view, is ‘sharing’ – because when you share you share out of love, you have no expectations. ‘Sharing’ reminds me of an instance reported in a newspaper: ‘a beggar in Gujarat used his savings of Rs. 3000 in distributing clothes in an orphanage. When asked: why have you done it! His response was: ‘Hame Khushi Hoi’. It gave him pleasure. In short, the beggar was ‘sharing’ without any expectation. He wasn’t probably expecting even a ‘thank you’. He was doing for his pleasure. This is real ‘giving’. On ‘giving’ Buddha says:
‘If you know what I know about the power of giving, you would not have a single meal in your life without first sharing it with someone’.
So, let us share and give meaning and feeling to ‘giving’.
IMPACT OF LAWS AND REGULATIONS DURING AN AUDIT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The objective of an audit is to provide an assurance that the financial statements are prepared in accordance with the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and that they comply with specific laws, regulations, policies and procedures. Hence an audit of the financial statements is a combination of both financial and compliance audit. In this context, auditing is a systematic process of adequately obtaining and evaluating evidence regarding assertions about economic actions to ascertain the linkage between these assertions and the established criteria and communicating the results to intended users of the financial statements. Hence, in all cases, the economic actions and financial results of an entity and the reporting responsibilities are determined to a significant extent by the applicable legal and regulatory framework.
The purpose of this article is to identify the professional responsibilities of the auditors in dealing with the legal and regulatory framework, various components of the legal and regulatory framework which need to be considered by the auditors and evaluating their impact during an audit of the financial statements, duly supplemented by certain practical scenarios.
Relevant auditing pronouncements:
- SA-250 on Consideration of Laws and Regulations in an Audit of Financial Statements
- SA-260 on Communication to those charged with Governance ?
- SA-265 on Communicating Deficiencies in Internal Control
- SA-315 on Identifying and Assessing the Risks of Material Misstatements Through Understanding the Entity.
Professional responsibilities of auditors: The various professional responsibilities of auditors under each of the above SAs to the extent they deal with the impact of and consideration of laws and regulations in an audit of the financial statements are briefly discussed below.
SA-250 on Consideration of Laws and Regulations in an Audit of Financial Statements:
SA-250 is the primary Auditing Standard which deals with the auditor’s responsibilities to consider laws and responsibilities which are relevant to an entity in an audit of its financial statements. It envisages the following two situations:
- Laws and regulations which have a direct effect on the financial statements and issuance of audit reports and other certificates in respect of the reporting entity.
- Laws and regulations which have an indirect effect on the financial statements of the reporting entity, but compliance with which may have a fundamental effect on the operating aspects of a business, non-compliance with which may result in material penalties being levied by the concerned regulatory authorities.
Accordingly, the laws and regulations which are most likely to materially affect the financial statements and with which an auditor is primarily concerned can be broadly categorised as under:
- Form and content of the financial statements, including amounts to be reflected and disclosures to be made. These include the following:
(1) Specific format of the financial statements and the related disclosure requirements under Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956 (‘the Act’) and other disclosure requirements under the Act, such as transfer to Capital Redemption Reserve on buy-back of shares u/s.77A of the Act, amounts contributed to any political party or for any political purpose u/s.293A of the Act, amounts contributed to the National Defence Fund u/s.293B of the Act.
(2) Reporting requirements under the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 1988 (CARO).
(3) Specific format of the financial statements and related disclosure requirements under the Third Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for banking companies and disclosures in the financial statements in terms of various Circulars issued by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) from time to time.
(4) Issue of Long Form Audit Report in the case of banks.
(5) Certificate for Capital Adequacy, net worth, etc. in case of certain entities like banks, stockbrokers, etc.
(6) Specific format of the financial statements and the related disclosure requirements issued by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority (IRDA) for insurance companies and disclosures in the financial statements in terms of the various Circulars issued by the IRDA from time to time.
(7) Specific format of the financial statements and the related disclosure requirements issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) for mutual funds and disclosures in the financial statements in terms of the various Circulars issued by SEBI from time to time.
(8) Disclosures under Clause 32 of the Listing Agreement mandated by SEBI.
(9) Disclosures under the Micro Small and Medium Enterprises Act, 2006.
- Conducting the business of the entity including licensing, registration and health and safety requirements for entities like banks, NBFCs, mutual funds, pharmaceutical companies, hotels, etc., non-compliance of which could lead to Going Concern issues as well as financial consequences like penalties, fines, etc.
- Operating aspects of the business like provisioning for banks and NBFCs, valuation of investments for banks and mutual funds, contributions to employee retirement benefit funds, taxation issues, etc. which could have a direct impact on the financial statements.
Responsibilities of management and those charged with governance:
SA-250 also clearly articulates that the primary responsibility for ensuring that an entity complies with laws and regulations rests with the management and those charged with governance.
The responsibilities of the management and those charged with governance in this regard can cover the following broad aspects:
- Laying down appropriate operating procedures and systems, including internal controls in general for all business areas and operating cycles and specifically with regard to the various legal and regulatory aspects like capturing the data for provisioning requirements for banks and NBFCs, calculating various taxes and other statutory dues, valuation of investments, determination of subsidies for fertiliser companies, etc.
- Developing an appropriate code of conduct for employees and other stakeholders for dealing with various aspects like insider trading, conflict of interest, etc.
- Maintaining a log/register of the various laws and regulations applicable together with a compliance check-list for the same and laying down systems and procedures for monitoring and reporting compliance therewith with the ultimate objective of periodically preparing a Compliance Certificate for submission to the Board of Directors or other equivalent authority.
- Establishing a legal department depending upon the complexity, size and nature of business of the entity and hiring/availing the services of legal advisors and consultants.
- Ensuring that various statutory committees as required in terms of various statutes and regulations have been duly constituted with the appropriate constitution and terms of reference e.g., audit committee, asset-liability management committee, investment committee, risk management committee, etc. In this case, care should be taken to ensure that the conflicting requirements under different statutes/regulations are appropriately married e.g., the requirements for constitution of an audit committee for a listed NBFC would have to comply with the requirements of section 292A of the Act, Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement and the RBI guidelines. In this case, since the requirements under Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement are more stringent, especially with regard to the composition of and the matters to be disclosed to/discussed at the Audit Committee, the same should be adhered to.
Responsibilities of auditors:
SA-250 recognises that it is not the primary responsibility of the auditor to detect non-compliance with laws and regulations since these are matters for the courts to decide. SA-250 requires the auditor to gather sufficient appropriate evidence to obtain reasonable assurance that the entity is complying with the laws and regulations applicable to it. For this purpose, he should perform the following audit procedures to help identify any acts of non-compliance with the relevant laws and regulations:
- Making inquiries of the management and those charged with governance to identify whether the entity is complying with the laws and regulations.
- Inspecting correspondence with the relevant licensing and regulatory authorities.
These procedures can be performed both at the planning and the execution stage.
The procedures which could be performed at the planning stage are outlined below:
- Obtaining a general understanding of the applicable legal and regulatory framework, including identification of those laws and regulations which would have a fundamental effect on the operations or the entity or affect its going concern status. For this purpose, the auditor should use his knowledge of the business and industry in which the entity is operating.
- Reading of the minutes of various meetings.
- Making inquiries with the management and those charged with governance regarding policies and procedures for compliance with the applicable legal and regulatory framework keeping in mind the matters discussed earlier as well as identifying, evaluating, disclosing and accounting for litigations and claims in terms of the applicable financial re-porting framework.
- Identifying whether any specific reporting is required under certain laws and regulations e.g., PF, ESIC, income-tax, etc. under CARO, compliance with various RBI/SEBI requirements, etc.
The procedures which could be performed at the execution stage are outlined below:
- Following up on the inquiries made with the management and those charged with governance during the planning stage.
- Inspecting correspondence with and inspection reports of the relevant regulatory authorities.
- Reviewing the nature of payments made to various legal consultants to identify any hidden claims and possible non-compliances.
- Performing appropriate control and substantive procedures to take care of any business/industry-specific requirements like provisioning, valuation, accrual of employee and retirement benefit expenses, duties, subsidies, incentives, etc.
Based on the above procedures, the following are certain types of non-compliances the auditor could encounter, the impact of which would need to be dealt with in terms of the relevant legal, regulatory and financial reporting framework:
- Non-payment or delayed payment of statutory dues necessitating reporting under CARO.
- Non-compliance with certain statutory and procedural requirements under various laws and regulations in respect of specific types of transactions e.g., non-compliance with the provisions of section 372A of the Act, in respect of loans and investments, granting of loans by banks to directors in violation of the provisions of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, inadequate provisioning for advances under the RBI guidelines, incorrect computation of royalty payable to the government in respect of mining and oil exploration activities, etc.
- Non-compliance with the relevant licensing/regulatory requirements or transactions which are ultra vires.
- Payments/transactions undertaken in violation of exchange control guidelines.
The above and any other possible non-compliances would need to be carefully evaluated by the auditor to understand the nature and circumstances thereof and obtain sufficient other information to evaluate its impact on the financial statements as under:
- Whether there would be any financial consequences in the form of fines, penalties, damages, etc.?
- Whether the entity would be embroiled in litigation and the consequential disclosure towards contingent liabilities, if any?
- Whether the entity would be forced to discontinue operations and whether there are any going concern issues?
- Whether the financial consequences are serious enough to impact the true and fair view?
The auditor should discuss the above aspects with the management and those charged with governance and where he is not satisfied with the outcome, he may seek independent legal advice.
Other Standards:
The requirements of other SAs which deal with the audit considerations pertaining to the implications arising from the impact of laws and regulations are summarised below:
- SA-260 which deals with the auditor’s responsibility to communicate audit-related matters to those charged with governance recognises the fact that in certain situations there are obligations imposed by statutory and legal requirements to communicate certain matters to those charged with governance. This would include certain matters which are mandatorily required to be communicated to/discussed by the Audit Committee in terms of section 292A of the Act and Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement with the Stock Exchanges, mandatory communication to the Chief Executive Officers of banks and NBFCs, as mandated by the RBI, of any serious irregularities and frauds which are noted during the course of the audit.
- Similarly, SA-265 which deals with the auditor’s responsibility to communicate deficiencies in internal control recognises the fact that in certain situations there are obligations imposed by legal and regulatory requirements to communicate deficiencies in internal control to regulatory authorities. Examples thereof include the direct communication to the RBI of any non-compliance with the RBI guidelines in respect of NBFCs and reporting any serious irregularities and frauds in respect of banks directly to the RBI.
- SA-315 which requires the auditor to obtain an understanding of the entity and its environment includes an understanding of the entity’s legal and regulatory framework and how the entity is complying with that framework.
Components/Elements of the legal and regulatory framework:
The various components/elements of the legal and regulatory framework which need to be considered by the auditor can be broadly classified as follows:
- Principal acts and legislations which regulate the financial reporting and operating aspects of the entity.
- Regulations, notifications and guidelines issued pursuant to the above.
- Sector/industry specific policies notified by the government or other regulators.
- Legal and judicial pronouncements issued by the Supreme Court, High Courts and other judicial authorities.
Each of these elements is briefly discussed hereunder:
Principal Acts and legislations:
It is imperative that the auditor identifies the principal Acts and legislations governing the entity which deal with the incorporation of the entity as well as lay down its financial reporting, taxation, tariff fixation and operating framework amongst others. The primary legislation which deals with the incorporation of most entities is the Companies Act, 1956 which lays down the financial reporting framework as well as other operating requirements for certain types of transactions like borrowings, investments, advances, managerial remuneration and donations, compliance with which is essential or else the transactions could be illegal or ultra vires thereby exposing the entity to penalties, fines or other forms of prosecution. There are other legislations which lay down the registration/licensing requirements for certain specific types of entities like banks, insurance companies, broking companies, etc. The continued compliance with the minimum capitalisation and other requirements for licensing and registration of such entities is of utmost importance and any failure to comply with the same could lead to penalties and fines as well as going-concern issues.
Apart from the above, there are various legislations which deal with various operating aspects of the business like cess and levies, taxation, labour and employment, environmental protection, health and safety, etc. which need to be continuously monitored and assessed since any failure to adhere to the same could either result in material misstatements (in the form of non-accrual or under accrual of cess, duties, taxes or employee/retirement benefits, environmental remediation and legal costs) or expose the entity to potential litigation and penalties/ fines which could be sizeable and also impact the going concern assumption.
With the ever increasing globalisation, many entities are setting up branches and subsidiaries/joint ventures abroad, thereby exposing them to international laws and regulations. A case in point is the UK Bribery Act, 2010 which applies to all entities which are registered in the UK or who have some connection with entities registered in the UK. Accordingly, if an entity in India is a holding company, subsidiary or associate of an entity which is registered in the UK, it would have to comply with the provisions laid down therein.
Regulations, Notifications, Guidelines and Circulars:
In many cases, the principal Acts governing the entity provide enabling powers to various statutory authorities to issue regulations, Notifications, Guidelines and Circulars which would lay down the financial reporting, taxation, tariff fixation, licensing, registration and operating framework amongst others for an entity. Examples of such statutory authorities include RBI, SEBI, IRDA, Central Electricity Regulatory Authority, Telecom Regulatory Authority. As is the case with the principal Acts and legislations, it is imperative that the auditor identifies these so as to determine their impact on the financial statements and reporting requirements.
Sector/Industry-specific policies:
The auditor should also keep in mind any sector/ industry-specific requirements since any deviations from the same could result in the entity not being able to undertake its activities and also expose it to litigation. Examples include the Tourism Policy, Exchange Control Policy, Telecom Policy, Oil exploration and Licensing Policy, Foreign Direct Investment policy.
Legal and judicial pronouncements:
Whilst the Legislature may frame various laws and the statutory authorities may issue various guidelines, notifications, etc., it is the judiciary which ultimately interprets certain contentious issues. Accordingly, it is imperative that the auditor is aware of the various judicial pronouncements which could have an impact on the financial condi-tions and operating results of an entity. These mainly include judicial pronouncements relating to tax matters and other statutory payments. However, in certain situations, the impact of certain judicial pronouncements can even lead to the discontinuance of the business or going concern issues like the recent order by the Supreme Court in the matter pertaining to the allocation of telecom licences.
- Recently, the High Courts of Judicature at Madras and Madhya Pradesh had passed an order dealing with the issue of whether various employee allowances paid by employers would get covered within the definition of ‘Basic Wages’ under the Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 (the Provident Fund Act). Pursuant to the same, the Employees Provident Fund Organisation has issued a clarification to various Officers/Commissioners asking them to take note of these judgments and utilise the same as per merits of the case as and when similar situation arises in the field offices. In both the above judgments, it has been held that allowances like conveyance/transportation/special allowance/education/food concession/medical/city compensatory, etc. are to be treated as part of ‘Basic Wages’ under the Provident Fund Act for the purpose of determination of the Provident Fund (PF) liabilities if the same are being uniformly, necessarily and ordinarily paid to all employees. This could result in additional liabilities, if any demands are raised by the authorities.
- The recent judgment of the Supreme Court banning mining activities in the State of Karnataka could have an impact on the operations of the affected entities.
Practical scenarios:
Before concluding, let us briefly evaluate the impact which the following recent changes in regulations will have on the financial and reporting aspects of a significant number of entities so as to gain a better perspective.
Service tax and Cenvat credit:
With effect from 1st July, 2011 service tax is payable on accrual basis based on ‘Point of Taxation Rules’ (POTR) as compared to receipt basis for most of the taxable services. This would have an impact on CARO Reporting as the due date of payment of service tax would consequently change.
In respect of CENVAT credit, the fol-lowing are some of the important changes which are relevant to the audit of financial statements:
(1) With effect from 1st July, 2011, banking companies and financial institutions including NBFCs will be required to pay 50% of the CENVAT credit availed on inputs and input services every month. Accordingly, the balance 50% should be immediately charged off under the respective expenses.
(2) With effect from 1st July, 2011, providers of life insurance services and management of investment in ULIPs will be required to pay 20% of the CENVAT credit availed on inputs and input services every month.
(3) With effect from 1st July, 2011, input credit in case of a pure service provider will be allowed in proportion of the taxable and exempt services rendered during the year. Input credit in case of an entity involved in trading as well as providing other services will be allowed in proportion of the gross profit on trading activity (which is exempt) and the taxable service rendered during the year. Accordingly, the balance should be immediately charged off under the respective expenses. It is imperative that the ratio of nature of trading activities and services provided by the client are identified at an early stage.
The Companies (Cost Accounting Records) Rules, 2011: The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has issued a Notification dated 3rd June, 2011 prescribing the Companies (Cost Accounting) Rules, 2011 (‘Rules’). Hitherto, the prevailing practice was for the Central Government to prescribe the Cost Accounting Rules applicable to specific products or industries and reference to such products or industry was being made by the auditors in their report under CARO. However, under the Rules now prescribed, the same would apply to the entity as a whole if it engaged in manufacturing, processing and mining activities and not to specific products, except those which are prescribed under the Rules like bulk drugs, sugar, fertilisers, etc. This would necessitate a change in the manner of our reporting under CARO as well as reviewing the prescribed records and their reconciliation with the financial records, which is specifically prescribed in the Rules.
Conclusion:
An auditor needs to continuously evaluate the impact of laws and regulations in respect of each entity. For this purpose, he needs to make inquiries with the management and those charged with governance, who are primary responsible to ensure such compliance, to identify that there is a proper framework to monitor any such non-compliances.
Reference material:
- Indian Auditing Standards
- Wiley’s Interpretation and Application of International Standards on Auditing by Steven Collings
- Various Research Reports on Audit Process available for general public.
Hiring of manned cranes to ONGC – Cranes at disposal of ONGC and per day hire charges paid – Service tax paid thereon – Services of staff and maintenance incidental to hiring – ONGC alone entitled to exclusive use of cranes – Transfer of right to use goods – Assam Value Added Tax, 2003.
Hiring of manned cranes to ONGC – Cranes at disposal of ONGC and per day hire charges paid – Service tax paid thereon – Services of staff and maintenance incidental to hiring – ONGC alone entitled to exclusive use of cranes – Transfer of right to use goods – Assam Value Added Tax, 2003.
ONGC entered into contracts with dealers to provide manned cranes according to technical specifications with the necessary accessories with valid permits, insurance, for performing the duties as advised by ONGC, at the appointed time and place. The agreement showed that the activity was in respect of hiring of cranes. The work was to be executed by ONGC itself. The cranes were at the disposal of ONGC and per day hire charges were paid, except maintenance days. The services of staff operating them and maintenance were incidental to hiring of the cranes. The appellant’s case was that it owned cranes and in pursuant to notice inviting tenders, they entered into the contract. The cranes were at ONGC’s disposal without transfer of possession and custody thereof. All operating costs were to be borne by the appellant and thus there was no transfer of ownership of the cranes, nor of the right to use to ONGC and they paid service tax considering this as taxable service. The Revenue contended that the relevant clauses of the agreement such as the availability of cranes on a particular day or time (including maintenance off days), its operational time, arrangements of fuel lubricants etc. remained a sole discretion of ONGC, indicating dominion and control of ONGC during the entire period of operation.
Held:
For all the practical purposes, it was evident that the use of the cranes was transferred to ONGC for the period of contract and the assessee had no right to use the same. Such a right having been transferred to ONGC for consideration. The mere fact that the responsibility of the maintenance and use was vested with the assessee, does not deviate from the nature of transaction being transfer of right to use. The taxability u/s. 65(105)(zzzzj) under the Finance Act, 1994 – supply of tangible goods services would have been applicable if the right to possession and control remained with the service provider, which is not the case here. The judgement of the Hon. Supreme Court in BSNL vs. Union of India [2006] 3 VST 95 (SC) was relied upon.
Penalty – u/s. 271(1)(c) – Penalty cannot be imposed on the additions made under the normal provisions of the Act when the income is assessed u/s. 115JB –SLP dismissed.
For the assessment year 2001-02 the respondent- assessee had filed return declaring loss at Rs.43.47 crore. Thereafter, the revised return exhibiting the income at Rs.3,86,82,128/- was filed under the provisions of section 115JB. The assessment order was framed by the Assessing Officer u/s. 143(3) at a loss of Rs.36.95 crore as per normal provisions and at book profits at Rs.4,01,63,180/- u/s. 115 JB of the Act. While doing so, various additions were made by the Assessing Officer including the following:-
a. In so far the claim of depreciation was concerned, the Assessing Officer disallowed the depreciation to the extent of Rs.32,51,906/-.
b. The addition towards the provident fund of Rs.3,030/- treating the same as income, was also made on the ground that this contribution was made belatedly by the assessee.
c. The Assessing Officer also disallowed deduction u/s. 80HHC of the Act on the ground that the assessee had not adjusted the loss incurred on manufactured and traded goods exported out of India against incentives and had claimed deduction u/s. 80HHC of the Act on 90% of the incentives.
These additions were upheld by the CIT(A).
While drawing the assessment order, the Assessing Officer also directed that penalty proceedings be initiated against the assessee by issuing a show cause notice u/s. 271(1)(c) of the Act. The show cause notice was thus given to the respondent-assessee, who submitted its reply thereto. However, the Assessing Officer was not convinced with the reply and thus, passed the order dated 28th September, 2007 imposing a penalty of Rs.90,97,415/- in respect of the aforesaid three additions, holding that the assessee had furnished inaccurate particulars of the income which fell within the purview of the section 271(1)(c) of the Act and Explanation 1 thereto.
The assessee preferred an appeal, which was allowed by the CIT (A), who set aside the penalty order. The Income Tax Appellate Tribunal affirmed the order of the CIT(A) maintaining that no penalty could have been imposed upon the assessee under the given circumstances.
On further appeal by the revenue, the Delhi High Court [ITXA No.1420 of 2009 dated 26/8/2010] observed that the judgment of the Supreme Court in Gold Coin’s has clarified that even if there are losses in a particular year, penalty can be imposed as even in that situation there can be a tax evasion. As per section 271(1)(c), the penalty can be imposed when any person has concealed the particulars of his income or furnished incorrect particulars of the income. Once this condition is satisfied, quantum of penalty is to be levied as per clause (3) of section 271(1) (c), which stipulates that the penalty shall not exceed three times “the amount of tax sought to be evaded”. The expression “the amount of tax sought to be evaded” is clarified and explained in Explanation 4 thereto, as per which it has to have the effect of reducing the loss declared in the return or converting that loss into income.
The question, however according to the High Court, in the present case, was as to whether furnishing of such wrong particulars had any effect on the amount of tax sought to be evaded. The High Court held that under the scheme of the Act, the total income of the assessee is first computed under the normal provisions of the Act and tax payable on such total income is compared with the prescribed percentage of the ‘book profits’ computed u/s. 115JB of the Act. The higher of the two amounts is regarded as total income and tax is payable with reference to such total income. If the tax payable under the normal provisions is higher, such amount is the total income of the assessee, otherwise, ‘book profits’ are deemed as the total income of the appellant in terms of section 115JB of the Act.
In the present case, the income computed as per the normal procedure was less than the income determined by legal fiction, namely ‘book profits’ u/s. 115JB of the Act. On the basis of normal provision, the income was assessed in the negative i.e. at a loss of Rs.36,95,21,018. On the other hand, assessment u/s. 115 JB of the Act resulted in calculation of profit at Rs.4,01,63,180.
The income of the assessee was thus assessed u/s. 115 JB and not under the normal provisions.
According to the High Court, judgment in the case of Gold Coin (supra), did not deal with such a situation. What was held by the Supreme Court in that case was that, even if in the income tax return filed by the assessee losses are shown, penalty could still be imposed in a case where on setting off the concealed income against any loss incurred by the assessee under other head of income or brought forward from earlier years, the total income was reduced to a figure lower than the concealed income or even a minus figure. The Supreme Court was of the opinion that the tax sought to be evaded would mean the tax chargeable, not as if it were the total income. Once this rationale to Explanation 4 given by the Supreme Court is applied in the present case, it would be difficult to sustain the penalty proceedings. Reason was simple. No doubt, there was concealment but that had its repercussions only when the assessment was done under the normal procedure. The assessment as per the normal procedure was, however, not acted upon. On the contrary, it was the deemed income assessed u/s. 115 JB of the Act which had become the basis of assessment as it was the higher of the two. Tax was thus paid on the income assessed u/s. 115 JB of the Act. Hence, when the computation was made u/s. 115 JB of the Act, the aforesaid concealment had no role to play and was totally irrelevant. Therefore, the concealment did not lead to tax evasion at all.
The Supreme Court dismissed the Special Leave Petition filed by the revenue against the aforesaid order of the Delhi High Court. CIT v. Nalwa Sons Investment Ltd.
M/S Sarad Bricks Industries And Others V. State of Tripura and Others,[2011] 42 VST 485 (Gauhati)
Facts
The dealer, a partnership firm was entitled to get prescribed forms upon payment of tax under the Tripura Value Added Tax Act, 2004. The Department refused to issue forms to the dealer despite payment of tax by it, on the ground that the partnership firm in which one of the partner of the dealer firm is a partner, has not discharged its tax liability under the act. The dealer filed a writ petition before the Gauhati High Court against the refusal to issue forms by the department.
Held
The dealer firm is an entity independent of the fact as to who its partner is. When no tax is payable by the dealer, the issue of forms can not be refused in terms of memorandum, for default in payment of tax by the other firm, in which one partner of the dealer firm is also a partner. Accordingly, the High Court directed the department to issue forms to the dealer.
(2011) 132 ITD 236 (Mum.) ITO v Galaxy Saws (P) Ltd. AY 2005-06 Date of Order: 11-03-2011
When the accounts are prepared in conformity with the provisions of companies Act and revaluation of assets had been made as per AS-10, no addition could be made to the net profit on account of revaluation reserves directly taken to balance sheet while computing book profit.
Facts:
Assessee during the year sold its premises for Rs.96 lakh. The value of the premises in the books before revaluation was Rs. 3.29 lakh. Before sale, assessee revalued the premises at Rs. 97.44 lakh through a registered valuer and credited Rs.94.14 lakh to revaluation reserve to the balance sheet. Subsequently, assessee debited loss of Rs.1.44 lakh to Profit and loss account.
However, AO rejected the claim of the assessee on the premise that the assessee had adopted the above devise to avoid tax by revaluing property in the year of transfer and added Rs. 92.70 lakh to book profit.
Aggrieved by the order of AO, the assessee filed an appeal before CIT(A) that book profits had been computed on the basis of provisions of Companies Act and revaluation is done as per AS-10. Hence, AO did not have any power to make changes on such accounts. CIT(A) upheld the claim of the assessee and deleted the adjustment made by the AO, aggrieved by which the revenue filed appeal before Tribunal.
Held:
As per explanation 1 to section 115JB(2), amount carried to any reserve has to be added to the net profit, if the amount had been debited to the profit and loss account.
In the instant case, revaluation reserve was directly taken to balance sheet and not routed through profit and loss account. Therefore, the amount could not be added to book profit.
Revaluation of premises was done in conformity with AS-10 and also certified by a registered valuer. The above revaluation was also accepted by the department. Hence, argument of the dept. that it was colourable devise to avoid tax is rejected.
No addition could be made to net profit on account of revaluation reserve directly taken to balance sheet for computing book profit.
Hence, the appeal of the revenue is dismissed.
Global PE biggies put India story on hold
“Global investor confidence has been shaken badly even as India vies with not China, but Indonesia, Vietnam and South Africa for capital”, said Wilfried Aulbur, managing partner, Roland Berger, a global management consulting firm. “Private equity mostly made growth capital investments for minority stakes in Indian companies. They have had little influence on the strong promoter-driven businesses, and hardly managed what they usually do in western markets to improve return on investments,” he added.
HDFC Bank is now one of the most valuable in the world
With a market capitalisation of Rs 1,38,469 crore (or $24.88 billion), HDFC Bank has surpassed the biggest lender in the nation – State Bank of India – which has deposits that are almost six times that of the private lender.
Larsen & Toubro Ltd (31-3-2012)
Operating Cycle for the business activities of the company covers the duration of the specific project/contract/product line/service including the defect liability period, wherever applicable and extends upto the realization of receivables (including retention monies) within the agreed credit period normally applicable to the respective lines of business.
Mahindra & Mahindra Financial Services Ltd (31-3-2012)
All assets & liabilities have been classified as current & non – current as per the Company’s normal operating cycle and other criteria set out in the Schedule VI of the Companies Act, 1956. Based on the nature of services and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents, the Company has ascertained its operating cycle as 12 months for the purpose of current and non-current classification of assets & liabilities.
Hindustan Unilever Ltd (31-3-2012)
All assets and liabilities have been classified as current or non-current as per the Company’s normal operating cycle and other criteria set out in Revised Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956. Based on the nature of products and the time between acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents, the Company has ascertained its operating cycle as 12 months for the purpose of current/non-current classification of assets and liabilities
GRASIM Industries Ltd (31-3-2012)
All assets and liabilities are classified as current or non-current as per the Company’s normal operating cycle and other criteria set out in Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956. Based on the nature of products and the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents, 12 months has been considered by the Company for the purpose of current – noncurrent classification of assets and liabilities.
Bajaj Electricals Ltd (31-3-2012)
All assets and liabilities have been classified as current or non-current as per the Company’s normal operating cycle and other criteria set out in the Revised Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956. Based on the nature of products and the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents, the Company has ascertained its operating cycle as 12 months for the purpose of current or noncurrent classification of assets and liabilities.
GAPS in GAAP – Borrowing costs – PAra 4(e) of as 16
Paragraph 4(e) of AS-16 Borrowing Costs has caused a lot of agony to Indian entities and is a highly debated and contentious issue, as exchange volatility shows no sign of cooling in India. In this article, we will try and understand the genesis of the problem, the theory of Interest Rate Parity (IRP), global interpretation on 4(e), linkage with paragraph 46 and 46A and analyse issues and provide author’s view on those issues. This article deliberately avoids the issue of derivatives which are used as hedges against the foreign currency (FC) borrowings, because it would have made the article unduly long and complex.
AS 16 requires borrowing costs incurred on construction of qualifying assets to be capitalised. Paragraph 4 of AS 16 contains an inclusive list of what borrowing costs may include. Sub-clause (e) of Paragraph 4 states: “exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs”. This requirement is explained in the Standard with the help of an illustration which is also reproduced below.
Illustration in AS-16 on exchange differences that are regarded as an adjustment to interest cost
XYZ Ltd. has taken a loan of $ 10,000 on 1st April, 20X3, for a specific project at an interest rate of 5% p.a., payable annually. On 1st April, 20X3, the exchange rate between the currencies was Rs. 45 per $. The exchange rate, as at 31st March, 20X4, is Rs 48 per $. The corresponding amount could have been borrowed by XYZ Ltd. in local currency at an interest rate of 11 % per annum as on 1st April, 20X3.
The following computation would be made, to determine the amount of borrowing costs for the purposes of paragraph 4(e) of AS 16:
i. Interest for the period = $ 10,000 × 5% × Rs. 48 $= Rs. 24,000.
ii. Increase in the liability towards the principal amount = $ 10,000 × (48-45) = Rs. 30,000.
iii. Interest that would have resulted if the loan was taken in Indian currency = $ 10000 × 45 × 11% = Rs. 49,500
iv. Difference between interest on local currency borrowing and foreign currency borrowing = Rs. 49,500 – Rs. 24,000 = Rs. 25,500
Therefore, out of Rs. 30,000 increase in the liability towards principal amount, only Rs. 25,500 will be considered as the borrowing cost. Thus, total borrowing cost would be Rs. 49,500 being the aggregate of interest of Rs. 24,000 on foreign currency borrowings [covered by paragraph 4(a) of AS 16] plus the exchange difference to the extent of difference between interest on local currency borrowing and interest on foreign currency borrowing of Rs. 25,500. Thus, Rs.49,500 would be considered as the borrowing cost to be accounted for as per AS 16 and the remaining Rs. 4,500 would be considered as the exchange difference to be accounted for as per Accounting Standard (AS) 11, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.
In the above example, if the interest rate on local currency borrowings is assumed to be 13% instead of 11%, the entire exchange difference of Rs. 30,000 would be considered as borrowing costs, since in that case the difference between the interest on local currency borrowings and foreign currency borrowings [i.e., Rs. 34,500 (Rs. 58,500 – Rs. 24,000)] is more than the exchange difference of Rs. 30,000. Therefore, in such a case, the total borrowing cost would be Rs. 54,000 (Rs. 24,000 + Rs. 30,000) which would be accounted for under AS 16 and there would be no exchange difference to be accounted for under AS 11.
Author’s Note: As can be seen, the illustration is oversimplified and does not provide adequate guidance; for example, there is no guidance with respect to:
1. Whether an entity has a choice to assess the interest rate differential when the loan is drawn or at each reporting date? From the illustration, it appears that the interest rate differential is based on the date when the loan is drawn and not at each reporting date.
2. How is interest rate differential determined in the case of a floating rate loan?
3. Are exchange gains required to be considered as an adjustment to borrowing costs?
4. How to deal with exchange gains that follow a period of exchange losses? In such cases, should the exchange gains be treated as an adjustment to exchange losses or should it be fully recognised in the P&L?
5. Consider an example, where the interest rate differential at inception of borrowing is Rs. 1,000 and at the end of the reporting period there is exchange gain of Rs. 5,000. In this scenario, the author believes that it would be appropriate to conclude that there is no interest rate differential; rather than considering borrowing cost of Rs. 1,000 and notionally increasing the exchange gain by Rs. 1,000 to Rs. 6,000.
Why is para 4(e) a problem?
The idea of including paragraph 4(e) in AS-16 was a simple one. Indian companies borrowing in $ borrow at a much lower interest rate than borrowing in Indian Rupee. However, correspondingly because of the exchange rate movement, the $ loan liability increases, and results in the savings on account of low $ interest rates, being eroded. In a very simple world, and if IRP theory worked perfectly, then there would be a 100% offset. In other words, it is logical to see the exchange difference, as an interest cost to borrow the funds. Such 4(e) interest costs are allowed to be capitalised if they were incurred on the construction of a qualifying asset. 4(e) interest costs that are not incurred for the purposes of constructing a qualifying asset are to be charged off to the P&L account.
Companies that were constructing a qualifying asset and had borrowed in foreign currency are required to determine the 4(e) component, so that the same can be capitalised in accordance with AS 16 (4(e) component is capitalised only during the period of construction of a qualifying asset). Computing 4(e) was a problem, but was limited to situations where a qualifying asset was being constructed for which a foreign currency borrowing was used. 4(e) is now a much bigger problem, for two additional reasons.
1. AS-11 was amended to include paragraph 46 and 46A, which allowed an option of not charging foreign exchange differences on long term borrowings to the P&L a/c. The exchange differences could be amortised over the loan period, and if related to a loan for acquiring a capital asset, then the same should be capitalised as cost of the capital asset, even after the asset was put to use. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India issued “Frequently Asked Questions on AS 11 notification – Companies (Accounting Standards) Amendment Rules, 2009 (G.S.R. 225 (E) dt. 31.3.09) issued by Ministry of Corporate Affairs”. In the said guidance, it was clarified that 4(e) interest should not be treated as foreign exchange difference. Consequently, 4(e) component is to be (a) capitalised only during the period of construction of a qualifying asset in accordance with AS-16 (b) charged to the P&L in all other cases.
2. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs issued circular no 25/2012 dated 9th August, 2012 clarifying that paragraph 4(e) of AS-16 shall not apply to a company which is applying paragraph 46A of AS-11. The circular has withdrawn 4(e) with respect to paragraph 46A, but not with respect to paragraph 46 of AS-11. There are a number of questions with respect to the circular. For example, does it have a prospective or retrospective application? Is it a clarification or a substantive amendment? Will 4(e) continue to apply to companies that were in paragraph 46?
3. Revised Schedule VI requires 4(e) component to the extent not capitalised to be separately disclosed in the P&L a/c as part of borrowing costs.
IRP Theory
How well does IRP predict Exchange Rate Movements in India?
Not so well, is the short answer. Menzie Chinn says, “Uncovered interest parity (UIP) has been almost universally rejected in studies of exchange rate movements.” Paul Krugman says, “Like stock prices, exchange rates respond strongly to ‘news’, that is to unexpected economic and political events, and like stock prices, they therefore are very difficult to forecast.”
As per the IRP theory, in countries which have higher interest rates, their currencies should depreciate. If this does not happen, there will be cases for arbitrage for foreign investors till the arbitrage opportunity disappears from the market. The reality is sometimes exactly the opposite; as higher interest rates could actually bring in higher capital inflows further appreciating the currency. In such a scenario, foreign investors earn both higher interest rates and also gain on the appreciating currency.
In reality, predicting currency movement is crystal gazing as it is affected by numerous variables, other than interest rate differential. These variables are discussed below.
Balance of Payments (BOP): BOP play’s a critical role in determining the movement of the currency. It is the aggregate of current account and capital account of a country like an external account of a country with other countries. Current account surplus means exports are more than imports and current account deficit means imports are more than exports. Eventually, import/export prices find equilibrium. Hence, the currency of a current account surplus country should appreciate. Likewise for current account deficit countries, the currency should depreciate. Growing Indian economy has led to widening of current account deficit, as imports of both oil and non-oil have risen. Gold imports have also added to the problem in India. Capital flows also play a crucial role in the BOP situation of India. Currency appreciates when there are huge capital inflows and depreciates when the capital inflows dry up and the current account deficit is also high. During the Lehman crisis, capital flows shrunk sharply from a high of $106.6 billion in 2007-8 to just $6.8 billion in 2008-09 and led to sharp depreciation of the rupee from around Rs. 39.9 per $ to Rs. 51.9 per $.
Inflation: Higher inflation leads to central banks keeping interest rates high, which invites foreign capital on account of interest rate arbitrages. This could lead to further appreciation of the currency. However, one needs to make a distinction between high inflation over a short term versus a long term. If inflation is short-term, foreign investors see inflation as a temporary problem and continue to invest in that economy. If inflation is sticky, it leads to overall worsening of the economy, capital flows and exchange rate. For almost two years now, inflation in India has been very high and persistent, resulting in a highly depreciating rupee. The present situation is different from the situation in 2007-08 when despite high inflation and high interest rates, capital inflows were abundant. This was because markets believed that inflation was not a structural problem.
Fiscal Deficit: Fiscal deficits play a key role in the determination of exchange rates. Higher deficits imply that government might resort to using foreign exchange reserves to fund its deficit. This leads to lowering of the reserves followed by speculation on the currency. If the government does not have adequate reserves, fall in the currency is imminent. In India, higher fiscal deficits have also played a role in shaping expectations over the currency rate. When the fiscal deficits are high, investors become nervous, reducing the capital inflows into the country.
Global economic conditions: In times of high uncertainty as seen lately, most currencies usually depreciate against US Dollar as it is seen as a safe haven currency. The South East Asian crisis and the recent Euro crisis stand evidence to that. Currently, the markets believe that the dollar is safer than the euro, given the economic problems of the euro zone. Global economic conditions have significantly impacted exchange rates in India.
Lack of reforms: This has further made investors negative over the Indian economy and coupled with global uncertainty, has put pressure on the Indian Rupee.
Speculation: There has been a fall of 22.7 % (in value of rupee against dollar) in four months – from Rs. 44.35 in end July 2011 to Rs. 54.4 on 31st December, 2011. Importers, having been lulled into complacency by the rupee’s appreciation earlier, rush to cover their exposures, thus driving up dollar demand. Exporters hold on to their earnings in foreign currency in the hope of a further fall in the rupee.
Measures by RBI : They have also made marginal impact in terms of arresting a downslide on the rupee. However, this is a short term measure.
Hence, even over a longer term, multiple factors determine an exchange rate with each one playing an important role over time. In a calm and stable world, IRP theory may work. Unfortunately, this is never the case. Exchanges rates behave erratically, and are caused by numerous factors other than interest rate differentials. Consequentially, exchange losses may represent more or less matching interest rate differential in a few cases only. In India, experience is that, exchange losses may be far more than the interest rate differential when rupee is sliding down and in other cases, there may be a huge exchange gain in which case, the interest rate differential would have had little or no impact on the exchange rate. Much would depend on when the borrowings took place and the exchange rate movement from thereon till redemption of the loan.
Author Sarbapriya Ray in the paper “Testing the Validity of Uncovered IRP in India” concludes as follows – “One vital potential issue determining the exchange rate is the uncovered interest rate parity (UIP). Uncovered interest parity (UIP) is a typical subject of international finance, a critical building block of most theoretical models, and a miserable empirical failure. Uncovered interest rate parity (UIP) states that the nominal interest rate differential between two countries must be equal to expected change in the exchange rate. In other words, if UIP condition holds, then high yield currencies should be expected to depreciate. The article attempts to test the validity of uncovered interest rate parity based on a theoretical formulation in line with economic theory. Although KPSS test suggests that excess return series are in stationary process, excess return curve shows erratic behaviour during some months of our study period (showing negative trend) which automatically excludes the possibility for the UIP to hold. The UIP regression estimate indicates that there is no statistically significant evidence that suggests the uncovered interest rate parity to hold during January, 2006 –July, 2010 for domestic interest rate (weighted average call money rate).This indicates that interest rate spread is a very poor predictor of exchange rate yields. Thus, the UIP hypothesis fails in India.”
Position on para 4(e) under IFRS taken by global firms
Under IFRS, paragraph 6(e) of IAS 23 Borrowing Costs, has the same requirement as 4(e) of AS-16. However, the illustration contained in 4(e) and reproduced in this article is not contained in IAS 23. The global big accounting firms have different interpretation on 6(e). Interestingly, the IASB is seized of this matter but has decided not to provide guidance. The International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee (IFRIC) acknowledges that judgment will be required in its application.
Ernst & Young1
Borrowings in one currency may have been used to finance a development the costs of which are incurred primarily in another currency, e.g. a US dollar loan financing a Russian rouble development. This may have been done on the basis that, over the period of the development, the cost, after allowing for exchange differences, was expected to be less than the interest cost of an equivalent rouble loan.
We, however, consider that, as exchange rate movements are largely a function of differential interest rates, in most circumstances, the foreign exchange differences on directly attributable borrowings will be an adjustment to interest costs that can meet the definition of borrowing costs. Care will have to be taken if there is a sudden fluctuation in exchange rates that cannot be attributed to changes in interest rates. In such cases we believe that a practical approach is to cap the exchange differences taken as borrowing costs at the amount of borrowing costs on functional currency equivalent borrowings.
In theory, foreign exchange rates and interest rates are related and, as such, it is fair to assume that any changes in foreign exchange rates reflect changes in the interest rate. On this basis, all of the foreign exchange gain or loss on foreign currency borrowings would be considered as part of the borrowing costs on the borrowing. But recently, this argument has not been holding true, with many other factors impacting the relationship between foreign exchange rates and interest rates. Accordingly, it is not necessarily safe to assume that all of the foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency borrowings are an adjustment to income. Take the following two examples Entity A’s functional currency is euro, and it borrows £1,000 on 1st January 2009 for one year at a fixed interest rate of 5% to fund the construction of an asset. The spot exchange rate at this date is € 1.5:£1. At 31st December 2009, the exchange rate is €1.1:£1. The entity has incurred a foreign currency gain of €400, while interest costs (assuming they were paid throughout the year at the then spot rate) amount to €65. How much of the foreign exchange gain is included in the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation?
Entity B’s functional currency is euro, and it borrows US$1,000 on 1st January 2009 for one year at a fixed interest rate of 3% to fund the construction of an asset. The spot exchange rate at this date is €1: US£1. On 31st December 2009, the exchange rate is €1.4: US$1. The entity has incurred a foreign currency loss of €400, while interest costs (assuming they were paid throughout the year at the then spot rate) amount to €36. How much of the foreign exchange loss is included in the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation?
A number of possible approaches exist:
1. Determine, at the date of entering into the loan, the equivalent interest rate on a local currency borrowing and use this as the borrowing cost to be capitalised. Let’s assume that, for both of the above examples, the interest rate on a €1,500 borrowing on 1st January 2009 is 7% (entity A), and the interest rate on a € 1,000 borrowing on 1st January 2009 is 4% (entity B). The amount of borrowing costs eligible to be capitalised by entity A would be €105, regardless of the movement in the foreign exchange rate. Entity B would be eligible to capitalise € 40 as borrowing costs. However, this ignores the reason for entities borrowing in a foreign currency i.e., that they expect it to be less expensive. In this case, the movement in the exchange rates has effectively generated an additional gain for entity A, which is also counter-intuitive.
2. Establish a ‘cap and floor’ for the amount of foreign exchange gains or losses to be included in borrowing costs. The floor may be up to the amount that reduces the borrowing cost to nil. We do not believe that a net gain can be capitalised. In the above example, entity A would include €65 of foreign currency gains as an element of borrowing costs, resulting in a net nil borrowing cost. The cap may be the interest on a local currency borrowing at inception, as this reflects the relationship between foreign currency and interest at that time. In the above example, entity B would therefore include € 4 of the foreign currency losses as borrowing costs, resulting in a net borrowing cost of € 40.
3. Determine a forward foreign exchange rate at the date of entering into the borrowing and use this to determine the amount of foreign exchange gains or losses that are eligible for capitalisation. Let’s assume in the above examples, the one year forward foreign exchange rates as on 1st January 2009 are €1.4:£1 and €1.1:US$1. The amount of foreign currency gains on the borrowing that entity A includes as borrowing costs is €10, regardless of the movement in the foreign exchange rate. Entity B includes €10 of foreign currency losses on the borrowings as borrowing costs. While this approach provides a consistent assessment of the relationship between foreign exchange rates and interest rates, it is by no means a perfect approach. There are many factors affecting the relationship between foreign exchanges rates and interest rates that cannot be adequately measured.
Management will need to carefully consider which approach they apply, to best reflect the relationship between foreign exchange rates and interest rates. However, the approach selected needs to be applied consistently and disclosed within the financial statements. Each approach also requires an appropriate information system to be in place to collect the relevant information.
PWC2
16.96 Capitalisation of borrowing costs includes capitalising foreign exchange differences relating to borrowings to the extent, that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs. The gains and losses that are an adjustment to interest costs include the interest rate differential between borrowing costs that would be incurred if the entity borrowed funds in its functional currency, and borrowing costs actually incurred on foreign currency borrowings. Other differences that are not adjustments to interest cost may include, for example, changes in foreign currency rates as a result of changes in other economic indicators, such as employment or productivity, or a change in government.
16.97 IAS 23 does not prescribe which method should be used to estimate the amount of foreign exchange differences that may be included in borrowing costs. IFRIC has considered this issue, but has not issued any guidance. There were two methods considered by the IFRIC:
- The portion of the foreign exchange movement may be estimated based on forward currency rates at the inception of the loan.
- The portion of the foreign exchange movement may be estimated based on interest rates on similar borrowings in the entity’s functional currency.
Other methods might be possible. Management has to use judgment to assess which foreign exchange differences can be capitalised. The method used to determine the amount that is an adjustment to borrowings costs is an accounting policy choice. The method should be applied consistently to foreign exchange differences whether they are gains or losses.
Deloitte3
2.1 Exchange differences to be included in borrowing costs.
IAS 23 includes no further clarification as to what is meant by the inclusion of exchange differences ‘to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs’.
It is clear that, not all exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings can be regarded as an adjustment to interest costs; otherwise, there would be no requirement for the qualifying terminology used in IAS 23:6(e). The extent to which exchange differences can be so considered depends on the terms and conditions of the foreign currency borrowing.
Qualifying interest costs denominated in the foreign currency, translated at the actual exchange rate on the date on which the expense is incurred, should be classified as borrowing costs. Although exchange rate fluctuations may mean that this amount is substantially higher or lower than the interest costs contemplated when the original financing decision was made, the full amount is appropriately treated as borrowing costs.
Some exchange differences relating to the principal may be regarded as an adjustment to interest costs (and, therefore, taken into account in determining the amount of borrowing costs capitalised) but only to the extent that the adjustment does not decrease or increase the interest costs to an amount below or above a notional borrowing cost, based on commercial interest rates prevailing in the functional currency at the date of initial recognition of the borrowing. In other words, the amount of borrowing costs that may be capitalised should lie between the following two amounts:
(1) actual interest costs denominated in the foreign currency, translated at the actual exchange rate on the date on which the expense is incurred; and
(2) notional borrowing costs based on commercial interest rates prevailing in the functional currency at the date of initial recognition of the borrowing.
Whether any adjustments for exchange differences are made to the amount determined under (1) above is an accounting policy choice and should be applied consistently.
KPMG4
4.6.420 Foreign exchange difference.
4.6.420.10 Borrowing costs may include foreign exchange differences to the extent that these differences are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs. There is no further guidance on the conditions under which foreign exchange difference may be capitalised and in practice, there are different views about what is acceptable.
4.6.420.20 In our view, foreign exchange differences on borrowings can be regarded as an adjustment to interest costs only in very limited circumstances. Exchange differences should not be capitalised, if a borrowing in a foreign currency is entered into to offset another currency exposure. Interest determined in a foreign currency already reflects the exposure to that currency. Therefore, the foreign exchange differences to be capitalised should be limited to the difference between interest accrued at the contractual rate and the interest that would apply to borrowing with identical terms in the entity’s functional currency. Any foreign exchange differences arising from the notional amount of the loan should be recognised in profit or loss.
4.6.420.30 When exchange differences qualify for capitalisation, in our view both exchange gains and losses should be considered in determining the amount to capitalise.
GT5
Exchange differences.
If an entity has foreign currency borrowings, to what extent are foreign exchange gains and losses eligible for capitalisation?
IAS 23.6(e) states that borrowing costs may include exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs. The standard offers no detailed guidance on how to interpret this. Accordingly, entities should develop their own detailed policy. As with any other accounting policy, the chosen method should be applied consistently and disclosed if significant.
Is it appropriate to treat all exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings as an adjustment to interest costs?
No. In our view, not all such exchange differences are adjustments to interest costs. Exchange rate movements depend in part on current and expected differences in local currency and foreign currency interest rates (the interest rate differential). However, other factors also contribute to exchange rate changes: a currency will tend to lose value relative to other currencies if a country’s level of inflation is higher, or if the country’s level of output is expected to decline or if a country is troubled by political uncertainty (for example).
Moreover, although exchange gains and losses relate to an entity’s foreign currency borrowings, such gains and losses are different in character to interest costs on those borrowings. In particular, it is difficult to argue that exchange gains and losses on the principal amount of a loan is an adjustment to interest costs. Exchange gains and losses on the accrued interest portion of the loan’s carrying value may more readily be considered an adjustment to interest costs (see below).
What is an appropriate accounting policy for exchange differences?
One acceptable and straightforward approach is not to include any exchange differences as adjustments to interest costs. IAS 23.6(e) states that borrowing costs may include exchange differences to the extent they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs – it does not therefore require such an adjustment. Applying this approach, interest costs on foreign currency borrowings include only the foreign currency interest expense converted into the entity’s functional currency in accordance with IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates.
Should an entity wish to take account of exchange differences, the challenge is to identify the portion of overall exchange differences that are adjustments to interest costs. A reasonable and practical approach is to treat only exchange differences arising on current period accrued interest as an adjustment to interest costs. This approach considers the adjustment to interest costs as the difference between:
- the amount of interest cost initially recognised in the entity’s functional currency using the spot exchange rate at the date of the transaction; and
- the amount the entity has to pay on settlement translated into the entity’s functional currency using the spot exchange rate at the date of payment.
Using this approach, exchange differences on the principal amount of the loan are not included in the calculation of borrowing costs to capitalise.
Are any other methods available?
Yes, an entity might develop other models and techniques to determine the exchange differences to include in the calculation of borrowing costs to capitalise. However, in our view any such method should:
• be consistent with the objective of IAS 23 to include borrowing costs that are directly attributable to a qualifying asset. Borrowing costs are considered to be directly attributable, if they would have been avoided had the expenditure on the qualifying asset not been made (IAS 23.10);
• not result in negative interest costs; and
In our view it is not acceptable to:
• include exchange gains in excess of the interest expenses incurred (i.e. to capitalise a negative amount); or
• Capitalise only exchange losses, but credit all exchange gains to the income statement.
One alternative approach is to determine a notional borrowing cost based on the interest cost that would have been incurred, had the entity borrowed an equivalent amount in its functional currency. In effect, this approach treats a foreign currency loan as a functional currency loan with an embedded foreign currency exchange contract. The IAS 23 calculation is based on the notional functional currency loan.
Applicability of para 4(e) in different scenarios under AS 16
It would be fair to comment that the global practices being followed with respect to 4(e) are disparate. Even the guidance provided by the large firms is not consistent. A few of the large firms have debunked the theory of IRP, but most others show sympathy towards the determination of 4(e) component. Though sometimes the same terminology used by the large firms such as a “cap” and “floor”, have been used in different contexts and can be confusing. Fortunately or unfortunately, a large part of the debate in the large firms may be purely academic under AS-16, since unlike IAS-23 an illustration is included in AS-16. This resolves a lot of issues. Nonetheless, the illustration in paragraph 4(e) of AS 16 deals with computation of 4(e) adjustment in a scenario where the company takes foreign currency (FC) loan at a lower interest rate and incurs exchange loss on the FC borrowing. However, it does not deal with many other scenarios which the author has described in the foot note under the illustration.
Consider the following example. The company takes a FC loan at a lower interest rate and has exchange gain on restatement on FC loan. In this scenario, theoretically there should have been an exchange loss, but because the IRP theory does not work because of unusual factors, there is an exchange gain in certain periods. The question is whether one would notionally increase exchange gain so that a 4(e) component can be artificially determined. In this situation, the author believes that it may not be appropriate to further increase the exchange gain to consider a notional 4(e) charge. This is explained in the illustration below.
Entity A’s reporting currency is rupees, and it borrows US$100 million on 16th December 2011 for one year at a fixed interest rate of 2% to fund the construction of an asset. The spot exchange rate at this date is $1: Rs. 53.65. On 31st March 2012, the exchange rate is $1: Rs. 50.87. The entity has incurred a foreign currency gain of Rs. 278 million, while interest costs (translated using the average rate) amount to Rs. 30.48 million (Rs. 100 million
* 2% * 52.26 * 3.5/ 12). How much of the foreign exchange gain is included in the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation?
A number of possible approaches exist:
1. Determine, at the date of entering into the loan, the equivalent interest rate on a local currency borrowing and use this as the borrowing cost to be capitalised, regardless of the movement in the foreign exchange rate. Let’s assume that, the interest rate on a Rs. 5,365 million borrowing on 16th December 2011 is 9%. Hence, the amount of borrowing costs eligible to be capitalised by entity A would be Rs. 140.83 million (Rs. 5,365 million * 9% * 3.5/ 12). In this approach, the movement in the exchange rates has effectively generated an additional exchange gain of Rs. 110.35 million (i.e., interest capitalised of Rs. 140.83 million minus actual interest of Rs. 30.48 million) for entity A, which is counter-intuitive.
2. To recognise interest cost of Rs. 30.48 million and FC gain of Rs. 278 million. The FC gain is not notionally increased by Rs. 110.35 million to determine the 4(e) component.
3. Establish a ‘cap and floor’ for the amount of foreign exchange gains or losses to be included in borrowing costs. The floor may be up to the amount that reduces the borrowing cost to nil because borrowing costs cannot be negative. It may not be appropriate to capitalise a net gain. In the above example, entity A would include Rs. 30.48 million of foreign currency gains as an element of borrowing costs, resulting in a net nil borrowing cost. The FC gain would be Rs. 247.52 million (Rs. 278 million – Rs. 30.48 million).
4. There are other acceptable methods which are not discussed here.
The conclusion on the above illustration can be summarised as below.
|
|
|
Rs million |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Method |
Actual |
4(e) |
Exchange |
|
Interest |
component |
gain |
||
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
30.48 |
110.35 |
388.35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
30.48 |
– |
278.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
– |
– |
247.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
Discrete vs. Cumulative Approach
Paragraph 4(e) of AS 16 and explanation thereto explains computation of 4(e) adjustment for one year. However, it does not deal with a scenario where FC loan extends for more than one year and there is loss/gain in one accounting period and gain/ loss in the subsequent periods. Two methods seem possible for dealing with this issue.
Method A – The discrete period approach
4(e) adjustment is determined for each period separately. FC gains/losses that did not meet the criteria for treatment as borrowing cost in the previous year cannot be treated as 4(e) adjustment in the subsequent years and vice versa.
Method B – The cumulative approach
4(e) adjustment are assessed/identified on a cumulative basis, after considering the cumulative amount of interest expense that is likely to have been incurred, had the company borrowed in local currency. The amount of 4(e) adjustment cannot exceed the amount of FC losses incurred on a cumulative basis at the end of the reporting period. The cumulative approach looks at the project as a whole as the unit of account, ignoring the occurrence of reporting dates. Consequently, the amount of the FC differences eligible for identification as 4(e) adjustment in the period is an estimate, which can change as the exchange rates changes over periods.
Example
An illustrative calculation of the amount of FC differences that may be regarded as borrowing cost under method A and method B is set out below.
Particulars |
Year |
Year |
Total |
|
|
|
|
Interest expense in FC (A) |
25,000 |
25,000 |
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
Hypothetical interest in |
30,000 |
30,000 |
60,000 |
LC (B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FC loss (C) |
6,000 |
3,000 |
9,000 |
|
|
|
|
Method
A – Discrete Approach
Particulars |
Year |
Year |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4(e) adjustment – lower |
5,000 |
3,000 |
8,000 |
|
of C and (B minus A) |
||||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
FC loss (net) |
1,000 |
Nil |
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FC loss (C) |
6,000 |
3,000 |
9,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Method
B – Cumulative Approach
Particulars |
Year 1 |
Year |
Total |
|
|
|
|
4(e) adjustment |
5,0006 |
4,0007 |
9,000 |
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange loss |
1,000 |
(1,000) |
Nil |
(net) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a company is also preparing quarterly financial information, a related issue will arise regarding the approach that should be adopted while preparing quarterly financial statements.
Ind-AS 23 provides additional guidance on this subject as follows.
“6A. With regard to exchange difference required to be treated as borrowing costs in accordance with paragraph 6(e), the manner of arriving at the adjustments stated therein shall be as follows:
(i) the adjustment should be of an amount which is equivalent to the extent to which the exchange loss does not exceed the difference between the cost of borrowing in functional currency when compared to the cost of borrowing in a foreign currency.
(ii) where there is an unrealised exchange loss which is treated as an adjustment to interest and subsequently there is a realised or unrealised gain in respect of the settlement or translation of the same borrowing, the gain to the extent of the loss previously recognised as an adjustment should also be recognised as an adjustment to interest.”
Ind-AS seems to be taking a cumulative approach when exchange gain follows exchange loss that were treated as an adjustment to interest cost. However, Ind-AS provides no guidance when there is a reverse situation, ie exchange gains precede exchange losses. In the latter situation, it is possible to recognise the exchange gain in the P&L account and the exchange loss could be split into a 4(e) component; the remaining being accounted as a pure exchange loss. It may be noted that, Ind-AS cannot be applied mandatorily with respect to interpreting Indian GAAP, though in the author’s view it could be applied voluntarily.
To cut the long story short
• The present AS-16 standard includes a clear illustration of how the interest rate differential will be determined. Therefore, entities will need to follow the same. However, as discussed in this article, the illustration does not deal with numerous situations, which are causing the problem.
• Consider an example, where the interest rate differential at inception of borrowing is Rs. 1,000 and the exchange loss in scenario 1 is Rs. 5,000 and in scenario 2 is Rs. 800. There should not be a debate that interest rate differential in scenario 1 is Rs. 1,000 and in scenario 2 is Rs. 800. Given that 4(e) is clearly explained in the standard by way of an illustration, it seems highly inappropriate not to consider Rs. 1,000 in scenario 1 and Rs. 800 in scenario 2 as interest rate differential (4(e) component).
• Consider a third scenario where at the first year end after taking the FC loan there is exchange gain of Rs. 5,000 (but the interest rate differential at inception of borrowing is Rs. 1,000). In this scenario, the author believes that it would be appropriate to conclude that there is no interest rate differential; rather than considering an interest rate differential of Rs. 1,000 and notionally increasing the exchange gain by Rs. 1,000 to Rs. 6,000.
• In the reporting period after the first reporting period, there seems to be a choice of either using the discrete approach or the cumulative approach. For example, the exchange loss in one period is followed by exchange gain in the following period. In the absence of any guidance under AS-16, either the discrete or cumulative approach is valid. Ind-AS seems to be suggesting a cumulative approach in some situations. That guidance is not mandatory with respect to interpretation of 4(e), but could be applied voluntarily.
• All companies should disclose in the financial statements the policy followed to determine the 4(e) component, and this policy should be applied consistently.
Should para 4(e) under Indian GAAP be withdrawn because IRP theory does not hold good?
• Para 4(e) is an issue of significance to India because of large volume of FC borrowings and high exchange rate volatility.
• It is quite clear from the many research papers that the uncovered IRP theory does not hold good.
• The global guidance and practices followed are inconsistent and disparate and many have debunked the IRP theory. IFRIC has refused to provide any guidance, citing that it is a judgmental matter.
• Capitalisation of borrowing cost on qualifying asset itself is not a good idea, because it is a consequence of how the asset is funded (whether from equity or borrowing?) and therefore provides an unnecessary arbitrage.
By adding 4(e) component to the definition of borrowing cost, is like adding one disputed theory on top of another disputed theory. That makes matters worse.
• Paragraph 46 and 46A of AS-11 were founded on the belief that exchange rates will either revert back to the original or will, in the medium to long term, reflect interest rate differential (stable forward points reflecting interest differences between two countries). By allowing amortisation of exchange differences, what is achieved is a smoothing of the exchange differences that would be similar to recognising interest rate differentials over the period of the FC loan.
• On account of various arguments made in this paper, the author believes that 4(e) should be withdrawn. Along with 4(e); paragraph 46 & 46A of AS-11 should also be withdrawn, as they are founded on similar belief. The belief that exchange rates will either revert back to the original or will reflect the interest rate differential for the medium to long term, is a preposterous assumption and unproven by empirical evidence. If one were to do a backward testing, the assumption may hold good in a few cases, as a matter of co-incidence, rather than on the basis of a proven theory. The world nor India, is or ever will be calm and stable. If we agree to this then we should withdraw 4(e) and paragraph 46 and 46A of AS-11.
• The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has issued has Circular No 25/2012 dated 9th August 2012 with-drawing 4(e) with respect to paragraph 46A, but not with respect to paragraph 46. The author’s suggestion is that 4(e) should be fully withdrawn along with paragraph 46 and 46A of AS-11.
Armayesh Global v ACIT(2012) 21 taxmann.com 130 (Mum) Articles 7, 13 of India-UK DTAA; Sections 5, 9, 40(a)(i), 195 of I T Act Asst Year: 2007-08 Decided on: 4 May 2012 Before B. Ramakotaiah (AM) & V. Durga Rao (JM)
(ii) Since definition of ‘fees for technical services’ in Article 13 of India-UK DTAA did not include managerial services, the commission should be considered as business income and as the nonresident did not have a PE in India, in terms of Article 7 of DTAA, the commission could not be taxed in India.
(iii) As commission did not accrue or arise in India, tax was not required to be withheld and consequently, commission could not be disallowed u/s 40(a)(i) of I T Act.
Facts
The taxpayer was engaged in the business of manufacture and export of hand embroidery and handicraft items. The taxpayer had exported certain items to several countries. The orders in respect of these exports were secured through, or pursuant to information received from, a non-resident commission agent. The agent was entitled to the commission upon execution of the export order.
CBDT Circular No. 23 dated 23rd July 1969, clarified that no tax was deductible on export commission payable to a non-resident for services rendered outside India. Relying on the said Circular, the taxpayer did not withhold tax on the commission paid to the non-resident agent.
The AO noted that as per the decision of the Supreme Court in R.Dalmia v. CIT [1977] 106 ITR 895, management includes the act of managing by direction, or regulation or superintendence. Since the non-resident agent involved himself in the broad gamut of services pertaining to client identification, soliciting, constant feedback and ensuring timely payments, the payments made to him were towards managerial services and not commission simpliciter. The AO also noted that Circular No. 23 relied upon by the taxpayer had been withdrawn by CBDT vide Circular No. 7 of 2009 dated 22nd October 2009. The AO thus concluded that such payments were ‘fees for technical services’ covered u/s 9(1)(vii) read with Explanation 2 thereto and since the assessee had not deducted tax at source on the payments, they were disallowable u/s 40(a)(i) of IT Act.
Held
The Tribunal observed and held as follows:
- As regards taxability under I T Act
As per the agreement, the non-resident was only acting as an agent on commission basis and had not provided any managerial/technical services nor was there any evidence of its having provided any technical/managerial services. The agent was responsible for the timely payment from the customers and the commission was payable only after receipt of the payment from the customers. Since the services were rendered outside India, provisions of section 5 cannot be applied to the commission paid.
In terms of section 9(1)(vii)(b) of I T Act, fee payable for making or earning income from any source outside India is excluded and hence, it should be considered as business income. Since the services were rendered outside India, the amount paid is not taxable, as it did not accrue or arise in India.
- As regards taxability under India-UK DTAA
The definition of ‘fees for technical services’ in Article 13 of India-UK DTAA did not include managerial services. Hence, the commission paid should be considered as business income. Since the non-resident did not have a PE in India, in terms of Article 7 of DTAA, the commission could not be taxed in India.
- As regards disallowance u/s 40(a)(i) of I T Act
As the commission did not accrue or arise in India, tax was not required to be withheld and consequently, commission could not be disallowed u/s 40(a)(i) of I T Act.
SKF Boilers and Driers(P.) Ltd., In re (2012) 18 taxmann.com 325 (AAR) Sections 5, 9 of I T Act Decided on: 22 February 2012 Before P.K. Balasubramanyan (Chairman) & V.K.Shridhar (Member)
Facts
The Applicant payer of commission was an Indian company engaged in manufacture and supply of Rice, Par Boiling and Dryer Plants. Through two agents situated in Pakistan, the applicant received order for supply of plant to a Pakistani company. The Applicant exported the plant and, as per the agreement, the commission became payables to the non-resident agents.
The issue before AAR was: whether the income of non-resident agent can be deemed to accrue or arise in India.
According to the Applicant, though CBDT had withdrawn Circular No 786 dated 2nd February 2007, Section 5(2) and Section 9 of I T Act had not undergone any change and accordingly, the commission on exports did not accrue or arise in India. Hence, there was no tax liability in India.
According to the tax authority, income had accrued in India when the right to receive income became vested and hence, it was covered within the ambit of section 5(2)(b) of I T Act.
Held
The Tribunal observed and held as follows.
Sections 5 and 9 of the Act thus proceed on the assumption that income has a situs and the situs has to be determined according to the general principles of law.
The terms ‘accrue’ or ‘arise’ in section 5 have more or less a synonymous sense and income is said to accrue or arise when the right to receive it comes into existence. What matters is the source of income of two non-resident agents. Though the agents rendered services abroad, right to receive commission arose in India when the order was executed by the applicant in India and hence, the place of performance of service was wholly irrelevant for the purpose of determining the situs of their income.
Following ruling of AAR in Rajive Malhotra, In re [2006] 284 ITR 564 (Delhi), in view of the specific provision of Section 5(2)(b) read with section 9(1)(i) of I T Act, the commission income arising to the two non-resident agents was deemed to accrue and arise, and was taxable in India.
John Wyeth & Brother Limited v ACIT (ITA No 6772 & 6773/Mum/2002) Section 44C of I T Act Asst Year: 1981-82 and 1982-83 Decided on: 25 July 2012 Before P Jagtap(AM) & Dinesh Kumar Agrawal (JM)
Facts
The taxpayer was a company incorporated in the UK, which was engaged in manufacturing pharmaceutical products. The taxpayer had a separate and independent research laboratory in India and the head office of the taxpayer had research laboratory in the UK.
While computing its income, the taxpayer claimed deduction in respect of laboratory expenditure incurred by the HO for R&D in UK, which was attributable to Indian Branch.
According to the AO, the R&D was centralised in UK and further, the R&D was connected with executive and general administration. Therefore, as it was merely general administrative and executive expenditure, it was subject to restriction u/s 44C of I T Act .
The issue before the Tribunal was whether the laboratory expenditure incurred by the HO for R&D in UK, which was attributable to India Branch was in nature of general administrative expenditure mentioned in section 44C of I T Act.
Held
The Tribunal observed and held as follows.
- The financial statements filed by the taxpayer show that the HO has separately shown executive or general administration expenditure and thus, the taxpayer has proved beyond doubt that the expenditure claimed did not include any executive or general administrative expenditure.
- Though the taxpayer filled all the details, without examining the same or without pointing out any item of disallowable nature, the tax authority disallowed the said expenditure on the ground that it was in the nature of general administration and executive expenditure mentioned in section 44C.
- In the absence of any contrary material brought on record by the tax authority, the laboratory expenditure could not be disallowed.
Oberoi Realty Ltd (31-3-2012)
The Company’s normal operating cycle in respect of operations relating to under-construction real estate projects may vary from project to project depending upon the size of the project, type of development, project complexities and related approvals. Operating cycle for all completed projects and hospitality business is based on 12 months period. Assets and liabilities have been classified into current and non-current, based on the operating cycle of respective businesses.
Mahindra Lifespace Developers Ltd (31-3-2012)
Presentation and Disclosure of Financial Statements
During the year ended 31st March, 2012, the Revised Schedule VI notified under the Companies Act, 1956 has become applicable to the company, for preparation and presentation of its financial statements. The adoption of Revised Schedule VI does not impact recognition and measurement principles followed for preparation of financial statements. However, it has significant impact on presentation and disclosures made in the financial statements. Assets & liabilities have been classified as Current & Non – Current as per the Company’s normal operating cycle and other criteria set out in the Schedule VI of the Companies Act, 1956. Based on the nature of activity carried out by the company and the period between the procurement and realisation in cash and cash equivalents, the Company has ascertained its operating cycle as five years for the purpose of Current and Non-Current classification of assets & liabilities.
2012 (54) VST 300 (CESTAT – New Delhi) Hero Honda Motors Limited vs. Commissioner of Service Tax, New Delhi
Facts:
The appellant, a manufacturer of two wheeler vehicles entered into an agreement with oil manufacturers in terms of which the oil manufacturers were permitted to use brand name on the containers of products manufactured by them, for royalty as per terms of the agreement. Department took a view that it was taxable service falling under the category of “Intellectual Property Service” as the said agreement was registered under sections 9 & 11 of the Trade Marks Act of 1999 and invoking a longer period of limitation, service tax was demanded for October 2004 to January 2006. The Appellant stated that it relied on the Circular No. 80/10/04-ST dated September 17, 2004 that Intellectual property right within the meaning and for the purpose of section 65(55a) are confined to those Intellectual property rights governed by specific legislations in India. Further it may be noted that a person can certainly claim proprietary rights under common law in respect of such integrated circuits and undisclosed information but they are not covered under Indian legislation and hence not taxable as it is outside the ambit of the definition of Intellectual Property Right.
Held:
Admittedly, the goods manufactured by the oil companies are to be used in the vehicles manufactured by the appellant company and have a strong connection with the same. The appearance of trade mark “Hero Honda” & “Hero Honda 4T Plus” on oil products definitely indicates a connection between the said companies and the appellant’s product. Further, the facts of the case do not initiate entering of an agreement and thereby being registered under the Trade Marks Act of 1999. In case the oil company had used the trade mark without entering into agreement with the Appellant, it would have amounted to infringement of their right under section 29(4) of the Trade Marks Act. Further the Tribunal did not agree that the permission to use the said trade mark to the oil company could not be covered by the definition of “Intellectual Property Right” and “Intellectual Property Services” as appearing in the Finance Act, 1994 and hence demand was confirmed.
However, the Tribunal held that mere failure on the part of the assessee when the issue involved is a complicated interpretation of the provisions of the law cannot be equated with malafide suppression / misstatement and accordingly directed that a part demand would be within the limitation period may be requantified by the original authority to whom the matter was remanded for the said purpose. Penalty was set aside as no suppression was found.
“Used for the purposes of business or profession” for depreciation u/s 32
The general scheme of the Act is, that income is to be charged regardless of the exhaustion or diminution in the value of capital. To this principle of taxation, an exception is afforded by section 32, wherein an allowance is provided in respect of depreciation on the value of certain capital assets in computing the profits and gains of business or profession u/s. 28 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’).
The relevant part of section 32 of the Act is reproduced below for ease in understanding and ready reference in context of controversy to be discussed:
“32(1) In respect of depreciation of –
(i) Buildings, machinery, plant or furniture, being tangible assets;
(ii) Know-how, patents, copyrights…. or any other business or commercial rights of similar nature, being intangible assets, acquired on or after the 1st day of April, 1988, owned, wholly or partly, by the assessee and used for the purpose of the business or profession, the following deductions shall be allowed……”
Section 32 while conferring the benefit on the assessee, lays down two conditions to be satisfied by an assessee .These two conditions are, firstly, that the asset must be owned by the assessee and, secondly, the asset must be used for the purpose of business or profession of the assessee.
Pradip Kapasi Gautam Nayak Ankit Virendra Sudha Shah Chartered Accountants Controversies Therefore, ownership and usage of the asset by the assessee for the purpose of the business and profession are the pre-requisites for grant of depreciation u/s. 32 of the Act.
The controversy revolves around the determination of the event in point of time when the asset under consideration can be said to be ‘used’ for the purpose of business or profession. Conflicting decisions of the Courts are available on the subject wherein Delhi, Rajasthan, Punjab and Haryana, Madras, Calcutta and Gauhati High Courts have supported the view that an asset which is owned and is kept ready for use should be eligible for grant of depreciation even where the same is actually not used during the year [hereinafter referred to as “passive user of asset”] while the Bombay, Karnataka and Gujarat High Courts have held that not only the asset should be owned by the assessee, but the same should be actually used during the year [hereinafter referred to as “actual user of asset”].
Oswal Agro Mills case
Recently, the Delhi High Court in the case of CIT v. Oswal Agro Mills Ltd. and Anr (supra) (‘the company’) had an occasion to deal with the aforesaid issue under consideration, wherein a question arose for grant of depreciation in respect of assets in the unit of the assessee company at Bhopal, which remained closed throughout the year. The AO denied the claim for depreciation in respect of assets of Bhopal unit of the assessee company on the ground that it was closed throughout the year, which was upheld by the CIT(A) on appeal by the assessee. The Delhi Tribunal, however, reversed the findings of the lower authorities, after considering the submissions of the assessee and held as under:
- The Bhopal unit remained dormant and could not function due to various reasons and the Revenue could not bring on record that this unit was finally closed or sold out in succeeding years;
- That revenue could not controvert that this unit did not form part of the block of assets;
- If any of the part of the block of assets was not used during the year, but remaining part of the block of assets was in continuous use, then assessee was entitled for the depreciation on the entire block of assets; and
- If the assessee’s unit was temporarily closed for a year or so and its commercial activities were in lull for that period, then assessee could not be deprived from its claim of depreciation unless and until, it was proved that the assessee had closed its business forever and had no intention of reviving the same.
On further appeal by the Revenue before the Delhi High Court, the Court after referring to the conflicting judgements of other High Courts as referred to above, opined in principle that the passive user of the asset was also recognised as user for the purpose of expression ‘asset used for the purpose of business or profession.’ After relying on its own decisions on the subject, the Court held that even when an asset was not used for certain reason in the concerned assessment year but was kept ready for use, in such a case, assessee should not be denied the claim for depreciation.
For the sake of completeness, as to the facts, in the aforesaid case on facts, the assessee failed to prove that the assets were ready for use, since the assets under consideration were not used for number of years. Even then, the assessee was allowed depreciation on the impugned assets by applying the ‘block of assets’ concept which was brought by the Legislature in section 2(11) of the Act w.e.f. 1st April 1988 vide Taxation Laws (Amendment) Act, 1986 where the grant of depreciation, additions and deletion of assets are considered qua the block of assets and not qua the individual assets. In other words, the High Court held that since the impugned assets had lost their individual identities under the block of asset concept, and therefore, it was not possible to disallow depreciation qua the individual assets of Bhopal unit, once such assets entered the block of assets. Further, the Court also observed that the Revenue would not be put to any loss by adopting such method and allowing depreciation, since whenever the assets at Bhopal unit were sold, it would result in short term capital gain, which would be exigible to tax.
Dineshkumar Gulabchand Agrawal’s case
In a short judgement by the Bombay High Court in the case of Dineshkumar Gulabchand Agrawal (‘the assessee’) v. CIT and Anr (supra) with limited facts on record, the Court held that the word ‘used’ in s. 32 denoted actually used and not merely ready to use. The assessee submitted before the Court that, since the vehicle was ready to use for the purpose of business even though not actually used, should be allowed claim of depreciation placing reliance on the earlier Bombay High Court decision in the case of Whittle Anderson Ltd. vs CIT (79 ITR 613). The Bombay High Court distinguished the decision of Whittle Anderson Ltd (supra) on the ground that in the said case, the Court was concerned with the interpretation of the terms ‘use’ or ‘used’ and further referred to an amendment in section 32 of the Act, post the decision of Whittle Anderson Ltd. Inserted for clarifying that the expression ‘used’ meant actually used for the purpose of the business and accordingly upheld the decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in disallowing the claim of depreciation on vehicles kept ready for use.
In a further development, the assessee’s Special Leave Petition (‘SLP’) before the Apex Court reported in 266 ITR (St.) 106 was also dismissed by the Supreme court with the following observations:
Before we provide our observations as regard to controversy under consideration, it would be necessary to discuss the relevance of SLP being dismissed and/or rejected and its implications on the order under appeal in the context of doctrine of merger and precedence. The Supreme Court in the case of Kunhayammed & Ors. Vs State of Kerala & Anr. (245 ITR 360) while considering the jurisdiction of High Court to entertain a review petition once a SLP before SC is dismissed, observed as under:
- Where an appeal or revision is provided against an order passed by a Court, Tribunal or any other authority before superior forum and such superior forum modifies, reverses or affirms the decision put in issue before it, the decision by the subordinate forum merges in the decision by the superior forum and it is the latter which subsists, remains operative and is capable of enforcement in the eye of law;
- The jurisdiction conferred by Article 136 of the Constitution of India is divisible into two stages. First stage is upto the disposal of prayer for special leave to file an appeal. The second stage commences if and when the leave is granted and SLP is converted into an appeal;
- Doctrine of merger is not a doctrine of universal or unlimited application. It will depend on the nature of jurisdiction exercised by the superior forum and the content or subject-matter of challenge laid or capable of being laid shall be determinative of the applicability of merger. The superior jurisdiction should be capable of reversing, modifying or af-firming the order put in issue before it;
- Under Article 136 of the Constitution of India, the Supreme Court may reverse, modify or af-firm the judgement, decree or order appealed against, while exercising its appellate jurisdiction and not while exercising the discretionary jurisdiction disposing of petition for special leave to appeal. The doctrine for merger can, therefore, be applied to former and not to the latter;
- An order refusing special leave to appeal may be a non-speaking order or a speaking one. In either case, it does not attract doctrine of merger. An order refusing special leave to appeal does not stand substituted in place of the order under challenge. All that it means that the Court was not inclined to exercise its discretion so as to allow the appeal being filed;
- If the order refusing leave to appeal is a speaking order ie gives reasons for refusing the grant of leave, then the order has two implications:
– Firstly, the statement of law contained in the order is a declaration of law by Supreme Court within the meaning of Article 141 of Constitution of India; and
– Secondly, other than the declaration of law, whatever is stated in the order is a declaration of law by the Supreme Court which would bind the parties thereto and also the Court, Tribunal or authority in any proceedings sub-sequent thereto by way of judicial discipline, the Supreme Court being the apex court of the country;
– But this does not amount to saying that the order of Court, Tribunal or authority below has stood merged in the order of Supreme Court rejecting SLP or that the order of the Supreme Court is the only order binding as res judicata in subsequent proceedings between the parties.
In light of above relevant findings of the Supreme Court, it may be concluded that even though SLP to Dineshkumar Gulabchand Agrawal case was dismissed, irrespective whether being speaking or non-speaking order, it would not be binding as res judicata and/or binding on other parties or serve as doctrine of merger to subsequent proceedings between the parties thereto.
Observations
Upon perusing the provisions of section 32 of the Act and the legislative history thereof, one finds that the word “used” was in the statute from its inception and there has been no change brought in the said section except by the second proviso to section 32 inserted vide Finance (No. 2) Act, 1991 and further substituted by the Income-tax (Amendment) Act, 1998 to its present form, which reads as under:
“Provided further that where an asset referred to in clause (i) or clause (ii) or clause (iia), as the case may be, is acquired by the assessee during the previous year and is put to use for the purpose of business or profession for a period of less than one hundred-eighty days in that previous year, the deduction under this sub-section in respect of such asset shall be restricted to fifty percent of the amount calculated at the percentage prescribed for an asset under clause ……………”
In Dineshkumar Gulabchand Agrawal’s case (supra), the Bombay High Court found that subsequent to the earlier law as laid down in Whittle Anderson Ltd v. CIT(supra), there has been an amendment to section 32 of the Act in context of the word “used” and so earlier decision as relied upon by the assessee had no application. The Bombay High Court as well as the Supreme Court, while ruling, did not provide any reference to the amendment carried out in the expression “used”. It is also not possible for a reader to fathom the above referred amendment out from a plain reading of the said decision.
It may not be incorrect to hold, in the circumstances, that an erroneous presumption was made by the court which error formed the basis of the decision. It may also be correct to presume that neither this error was pointed out to the court by the assessee nor was it pointed out to the apex court. In the alternative, though not expressly referred to by the court, one may gather that the Bombay High Court was probably referring to the expression “put to use” that is referred to in the second proviso to section 32 of the Act. According to the second proviso to section 32 of the Act, if the assets acquired during the previous year are put to use for less than 180 days, then depreciation is restricted to 50% of the depreciation as otherwise available for the whole year.
Surely, the stipulation in the proviso could not have the effect of curtailing the scope of the main provision, unless specifically provided for. Again, had that been the intention, the main provision could have been amended simultaneously, more so where the controversy was fairly known to all concerned. It may be inappropriate to restrict the scope of the term ‘used’ found in the main provision by gathering the meaning thereof from the proviso, which again has been introduced for the limited purpose of restricting the quantum of depreciation and not for the disallowance thereof. Accordingly, even in the context of the proviso, it is not possible to hold that the eligibility of depreciation under the main provision of section 32 is based on actual user of the asset. The courts have consistently upheld the claim of the assessee on being satisfied with readiness of the asset for its use. This view has been unanimously upheld by all the courts including the Bombay high court for the period prior to the amendment and does not require any change on account of the proviso.
The said proviso otherwise is found to be relevant only for the first year of claim of depreciation and has been found to be inapplicable once the identity of the asset is merged with that of the block of assets. Once in the block, it is not possible to seggregate an asset for disallowance, nor it is possible to determine the written down value of an individual asset that is believed to have not been used for the year.
The Act has used several terms surrounding the user. For example; used, wholly used, put to use and partly used. It has also used the term ‘actually’ wherever required, for example in section 43B where actual payment is desired. All these clearly show that the Act would have provided for in clear terms, that the asset should have been actually used, if the intention was to restrict the depreciation to such user only. In the absence of the condition to ‘actually’ use the asset, it is apt that a wider meaning is given to the term ‘used’ as was given by the Bombay high court in the case of CIT v. Vishwanath Bhaskar Sathe, 5 ITR 621.
The expression “put to use” in a general sense may otherwise also mean and include an asset that is ready for use. In many cases, an asset is not actually used during the year, but is kept ready for use. For example, standby plant and machinery, step-ins, spare parts, etc. Further, in many cases like strike, lock out, flood, fire,etc., the assets cannot be actually used, even if desired. In these cases, though the assets are not actually used during the previous year, even then depreciation is not denied considering the intention to use such assets. It is, therefore ,appropriate to hold that the user of asset should signify all such cases where an asset is kept ready for use for the purpose of business or profession.
This view also finds support from the the Circular No. 621 of 1991 (supra), which attempts to match the claim of the depreciation with the income offered for taxation. Once the assessee has derived income from business to which the said asset belongs, the claim for depreciation should not unreasonably be withheld.
The intention of the legislature cannot be gathered from the proviso introduced at a much later date with the limited effect of reducing the quantum of the claim of depreciation and not for denying the same altogether.
An asset is depreciated for several factors and user is just one of them. Therefore, to deny the claim for depreciation simply for non user is otherwise not very appealing. The position at the most can be held to be debatable and where it is debatable, the view beneficial to the assessee should be adopted especially in interpreting the incentive provisions, like, depreciation.
The Supreme Court in the case of Kunhayammed & Ors. Vs State of Kerala & Anr. (245 ITR 360) while considering the jurisdiction of High Court in cases where a SLP on the same issue is dismissed by the Supreme court, observed as under:
- Where an appeal or revision is provided against an order passed by a Court, Tribunal or any other authority before superior forum and such superior forum modifies, reverses or affirms the decision put in issue before it, the decision by the subordinate forum merges in the decision by the superior forum and it is the latter which subsists, remains operative and is capable of enforcement in the eye of law;
- The jurisdiction conferred by Article 136 of the Constitution of India is divisible into two stages. First stage is upto the disposal of prayer for special leave to file an appeal. The second stage commences if and when the leave is granted and SLP is converted into an appeal;
- Doctrine of merger is not a doctrine of universal or unlimited application. It will depend on the nature of jurisdiction exercised by the superior forum and the content or subject-matter of challenge laid or capable of being laid, shall be determinative of the applicability of merger. The superior jurisdiction should be capable of reversing, modifying or affirming the order put in issue before it;
- Under Article 136 of the Constitution of India, the Supreme Court may reverse, modify or af-firm the judgement, decree or order appealed against while exercising its appellate jurisdiction and not while exercising the discretionary jurisdiction disposing of petition for special leave to appeal. The doctrine for merger can, therefore, be applied to former and not to the latter;
- An order refusing special leave to appeal may be a non-speaking order or a speaking one. In either case, it does not attract doctrine of merger. An order refusing special leave to appeal does not stand substituted in place of the order under challenge. All that it means is, that the Court was not inclined to exercise its discretion so as to allow the appeal being filed;
- If the order refusing leave to appeal is a speaking order ie gives reasons for refusing the grant of leave, then the order has two implications:
– Firstly, the statement of law contained in the order is a declaration of law by Supreme Court within the meaning of Article 141 of Constitution of India; and
– Secondly, other than the declaration of law, whatever is stated in the order is a declaration of law by the Supreme
Court which would bind the parties thereto and also the Court, Tribunal or authority in any proceedings subsequent thereto by way of judicial discipline, the Supreme Court being the apex court of the country;
– But this does not amount to saying that the order of Court, Tribunal or authority below has stood merged in the order of Supreme Court rejecting SLP or that the order of the Supreme Court is the only order binding as res judicata in subsequent proceedings between the parties.
Once an asset entered in to the block of assets, in view of the findings of the Delhi High Court in Oswal Agro Mills Ltd’s case (supra), the “user” shall be relevant only in the year of entry of asset into the block, because once it enters the block, it is neither possible nor necessary to consider whether each asset in the block has been used during the subsequent years.
2012 (54) VST 264 (Ker) Kerala State Industrial Enterprises Limited vs. CCE, Thiruvananthapuram
Facts:
Appellant maintained a terminal at the Trivandrum airport. Air cargo for export and passenger baggage for transport was brought for unloading, x-raying & transporting of goods by airline officials or employees/ agents of cargo owners. There was a time lag between the arrival of the cargo/passenger baggage at the appellant’s terminal and shipment by air. In case the time of retention of cargo/passenger baggage at the terminal was beyond 48 hours, appellant charged and discharged liability of service tax under “storage & warehousing services”.
The appellant contended that the Department cannot bring to tax a service which enjoys exemption under one entry of the Act (that is Cargo Handling Service which exempts export cargo and passenger baggage from the levy of the tax) by resorting to another charging section of the very same Act. Reliance was placed on Air India Ltd vs. Cochin International Airport 2010 (1) KLT 190 and on Circular No. B11/1/2002 dated August 01, 2002.
The Department concluded that the appellant was not carrying on cargo handling services but the activity of the appellant was taxable under the “Storage & Warehousing services’ and hence demanded tax.
Tribunal held that in case the cargo/passenger baggage retained for a shorter period (less than 48 hours) is not conclusive of the fact that it is not storage and warehousing services. It held that the retention of cargo/passenger baggage by the appellant irrespective of the period shall also be covered under the “Storage & Warehousing services”.
Held:
Even though the Circular B11/1/2002 dated 1st August, 2002 was issued with reference to another charging section, what is clear from the circular is that the intention of the Government is to avoid incidence of tax on export cargo and passenger baggage. Further, the Department or the Tribunal made an inquiry as regards whether the appellant was charging various rates for the same service depending upon the period of retention of the goods, the additional charges recovered could be attributed to the storage and warehousing service and be subjected to service tax. Hence the matter was remanded to the Department for conducting enquiry. If the appellant is liable to service tax following our judgment, there is no scope of penalty as no contumacious conduct can be presumed in this matter.
2012 (27) STR 447 (Tri.-Mumbai) Raymonds Ltd. vs. C. C. E., Mumbai-III
Facts:
The appellant pre-deposited amount of Rs. 1 Crore by way of utilisation of CENVAT credit as per the order of the Tribunal. The Tribunal thereafter, set aside the order appealed against by way of remand. The appellant consequently asked for the refund of pre-deposit in cash. The adjudicating authority sanctioned the same but ordered to be utilised through CENVAT credit account. However, in the interim the appellant opted out of the CENVAT scheme and therefore, was not able to utilise the CENVAT. Therefore, appellant asked for refund of pre-deposit in cash.
The appellant relied on the Delhi High Court Judgment in case of Voltas Ltd. 112 ELT 34 to claim refund of pre-deposit on the matter being set aside by way of remand. The Appellant also relied on the decision of Jharkhand High Court in the case of Commissioner vs. Ashok ARC 7 STR 365.
The Department quoting 198 ELT 400 and 183 ELT 38, contended that since the Appellant has paid pre-deposit out of CENVAT account, he is entitled to get refund only through CENVAT credit account.
Held:
The Tribunal distinguished judgments quoted by the Department, stating that it was not known whether in the given case the assessee was entitled to use CENVAT credit or not. Moreover, in the other case the appeal was dismissed being less than Rs.50,000/-. On the other hand, the Jharkhand High Court’s decision has considered the facts identical to the case and had held that the appellant was entitled to claim refund in cash.
Relying on the Jharkhand High Court’s judgment in case of Ashok ARC (supra), the Tribunal held that the appellant is entitled to claim refund of pre-deposit in cash.
2012 (27) STR 377 (Tri.-Del.) WLC College India Ltd vs. Comm. Of Service Tax, Delhi
Facts:
The appellant was engaged in providing voluntary training and coaching in the field of Business, Fashion Technology, Advertisement, Graphic design, Media, Hospitality and Hospital administration. Appellant admitted that the activities were falling within the definition of commercial coaching and training. However, he claimed exemption under Notification no. 9/2003 ST dated 30/06/2003 exempting services provided by Vocational Training Institutes. The said exemption was rescinded on 30/06/2004 and was reintroduced on 10/09/2004. Appellant paid service tax for the period 01/07/2004 to 09/09/2004. However, he again claimed exemption under Notification no. 24/2004 ST dated 10/09/2004 from 10/09/2004 onwards.
The Revenue contended that the appellant provided training to persons who had education at least upto 12th Standard and such training provided to persons with such education cannot be considered as vocational training. The Revenue also argued that training in areas like welding, carpentry, etc. where the level of education required is low, qualified to be “vocational training”.
According to the appellant, the matter was already examined at length by the Tribunal in the past in their own case at Bangalore and also in case of another appellant – Ashu Export Promoters Pvt. Ltd. 25 STR 359.
Held:
Following judgments in case of Ashu Export Promoters Pvt. Ltd. (supra) and in case of the appellant’s own case – 8 STR 475, it was decided that the appellant is entitled to claim exemption.
2012 (27) STR 372 (Tri.-Ahmd) Gujarat NRE Coke Ltd. vs. CCE, Rajkot
Facts:
Appellant paid excess service tax in few months and then adjusted the same against the liability arising in the subsequent period. The said adjustment was made taking resort to Rule 6 (4A) of Service Tax Rules, 1994. However, during the extant period adjustment of excess service tax was done by the Appellant under an impression that he had applied for centralised registration, however, the department contended there was no application made for centralised registration. The Department did not permit such adjustment and demanded tax as shortfall along with interest and penalty.
Held:
Having not procured centralised registration is a technical issue. The fact remained that the Appellant paid service tax in excess and this fact is not disputed by the department. Relying interalia on the following judgments, the Tribunal set aside the demand raised:
Cases referred to
? Powercell Battery India Ltd. 19 STR 400 Nirma Architects & Valuers 1 STR 305
? Agrimas Chemicals Ltd. 10 STR 424
? Bharti Cellular Ltd. 1 STR 39
? Bayer Diagnostics India Ltd. 8 STR 367
Indian growth rate — The new normal
This is significant, especially as it comes from Subbarao, known to choose his words carefully. What he is trying to say is that unless the current bottlenecks in the economy are fixed, the Indian economy will have to get used to a much lower rate of growth than what it recently experienced: 9%.
In other words, this is going to be the new normal. It is more than double the low growth rate trap that India found itself in the 1970s — the so-called Hindu rate of growth — but lower than the ideal.
The writing is on the wall: reform or perish. Low growth will hit tax buoyancy and curb spending, especially for the raft of inclusive measures. But is the UPA listening?
Asked for bribe? You can appeal Babu’s acquittal
“In our view a restricted meaning cannot be given to the word victim,’’ said the judges, adding, “In a case under the Prevention of Corruption Act, the inaction or omission on the part of the public servant of not passing any order on an application or passing an adverse order since bribe is not given would constitute the loss or injury and therefore, even such a complainant would fall within the category of a victim.’’
The Court was hearing a petition filed by 38-yearold Kurla resident B. U. Batteli, who had dragged the state anti-corruption bureau to Court and had sought permission under the 2009 CrPC amendments to challenge the acquittal of two government officers in a corruption case that he had lodged against them. Earlier, under the CrPC only the prosecution agency could give the go-ahead to file an appeal in any criminal case.
‘Putting value to time may diminish your happiness’
The results indicate this mindset may affect our ability to enjoy leisure time, and they have implications for our ability to ‘smell the proverbial roses’, study authors Sanford DeVoe and Julian House were quoted as saying by Live Science. They pointed out that national surveys have shown that while the number of leisure hours has increased in the US over the past 50 years, there has been no accompanying increase in happiness. Instead, people report feeling more time pressure, they said.
The study also found that when participants were paid to listen to music, after being prompted to think about their time in terms of money, they derived more enjoyment from the experience.
2012 (54) VST 202 (Karn) Commissioner of Service Tax, Commissionerate, Bangalore vs. Motor World (& other cases).
Facts: Tribunal set aside penalties imposed under sections 76, 77 & 78 of the Finance Act, 1994.
The Honourable High Court after hearing both the parties at length, formulated the following questions of law:
? Whether the penalty under the Finance Act, 1994, is automatic?
? Whether sections 76 and 78 of the Act are mutually exclusive?
? Even if the ingredients stipulated in sections 76 and 78 are established but if “reasonable cause” is shown, whether the authorities have power to impose penalties given in the explicit discretion in section 80 of the Act?
? If after holding that all the ingredients under sections 76 and 78 exist and no reasonable cause is made out by the assessee, whether the imposition of penalty as prescribed under these two provisions is automatic or whether any discretion is left in the authority in the matter of imposing penalty?
? If the order passed by the assessing authority is within the four corners of law, i.e. within the parameters prescribed under the aforesaid statutory provisions, whether revisional authority by virtue of power conferred under Section 84 of the Act, can suo motu revise the order of the Assessing authority and enhance the penalty?
? Whether the revisional authority has jurisdiction to impose penalty for the first time when it has not been imposed by the adjudicating authority by invoking section 80?
The Hon. High Court observed that for imposition of penalty, the following is required to be examined:
a. existence of ingredients mentioned in sections 76, 77 and 78.
b. failure of the assessee to comply with the law.
c. Whether there exists “reasonable cause” for failure to comply with the requirement of law.
Reliance was also placed on Woodward Governer India P Ltd vs. Commissioner of Income Tax 2002 (253) ITR 745 (Delhi) which contains a provision conferring discretion on the income-tax authorities not to impose penalties when there is a reasonable cause shown by the assessee. According to the Court, the intention of the Parliament appears clear from the wordings of section 78 by which a discretion “may levy penalty” is conferred on the authority to impose or not to impose penalty. High Court also stated that analogy can be drawn from CCE vs. Sunitha Shetty 2006 (3) STR 404 (Karn) that the minimum penalty under section 76 cannot be read as Rs.100/- per day but read as Rs.100/-. The legislature amended the law w.e.f. April 18, 2006 after the above judicial pronouncement.
Section 78 applies to a case where a person has registered himself under the Act and failed to file prescribed return and in a return filed, he has suppressed or concealed the value of taxable service or has furnished inaccurate value of such taxable service. Therefore, section 78 operates in altogether different field. However, this provision is made subject to section 80. Thus, even if there is a suppression or concealment of the value of taxable service or inaccurate value as mentioned in the returns filed, if that is on account of a bonafide mistake or any cause which constitutes “reasonable cause” no penalty is leviable. Once the ingredients of section 78 are established and there is no reasonable cause for failure, section 80 is not attracted. Then the authority has to impose a minimum penalty of the amount of service tax sought to be evaded and the maximum is double the said amount. Here, no discretion is vested with the authority.
Further, it was concluded that penalty cannot be imposed both under sections 76 and 78 as they are mutually exclusive. It should also be further noted that the Finance Act 2008 also introduced a proviso to section 78 as “provided also that if the penalty is payable under this section, the provision of section 76 shall not apply.”
If there is no reasonable cause shown, the authority has the discretion to quantify the penalty to be imposed. Still, the penalty to be imposed cannot be less than the minimum or more than the maximum prescribed under the statute.
If the penalty imposed is not less than the minimum prescribed under law, the revisional authority has no power to enhance the amount of penalty on the ground that it is less.
When the assessing authority, in its discretion has held that no penalty is leviable, by virtue of section 80 of the Act, the revisional authority cannot invoke its jurisdiction and impose penalty.
Deduction from Set-off in Respect of Fuel Purchases – When Applicable
Under Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act, 2002 (MVAT Act, 2002) the set off scheme is prescribed under the authority of section 48, read with rules. Rules 52 to 55 of MVAT Rules are relevant for deciding the set off quantum. Rule 52 provides that the purchases of capital assets, trading goods, as well as purchases debited to P & L A/c are eligible for set off. The set off availability is subject to retention as per rule 53 or prohibition as per rule 54.
Rule 53
Rule 53 provides for retention from set off, when the goods are used in the prescribed circumstances. In this note, the issue about reduction from set off in respect of purchases which are used as fuel is discussed. The reduction from set off in relation to fuel purchase is provided in Rule 53(1). The said rule is reproduced below for ready reference.
“53. Reduction in set-off. –
(A) The set-off available under any rule shall be reduced and shall accordingly disallowed in part or full in the event of any contingencies specified below and to the extent specified.
(1) If the claimant dealer has used any taxable goods as fuel, then an amount equal to three per cent of the corresponding purchase price shall be reduced from the amount of set-off otherwise available in respect of the said purchase.”
What is fuel?
The reduction is to be made when the item purchased is used as fuel. The term ‘fuel’ is not defined in the MVAT Act/Rules.
In common parlance, fuel means any item which is burnt for producing heat. The dictionary meaning also suggests the same thing. The fuel is defined as under in Webster’s Encyclopedic Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language:
“fuel: 1. combustible matter used to maintain fire, as coal, wood, oil etc. 2. that which gives nourishment or incentive: our discussion provided him with fuel for the debate – v.t.3. to supply with fuel- v.i.4. to obtain or replenish fuel. [ME fule(le), feuel < OF feuaile < LL focalia, neut.pl.of focalis of the hearth, fuel. See focus, – AL]..”
“com.bus.ti.ble 1.capable of catching fire and burning; inflammable; flammable: Gasoline vapor is highly combustible. 2. Easily excited: a high-strung, combustible nature -n.3.a combustible substance: Trucks carrying combustibles will not be allowed to use this tunnel….”
From the above combined meanings of fuel and combustible, it is clear that the item, which burns, to produce heat can be considered as fuel. From the examples given, the position is more clear like, oil, wood etc., which burn, are considered as fuel.
Factual position
On this background, the issue which arises is the use of combustible item. If the item is burnt for producing heat, then it can fall in the category of fuel. There may be circumstances, where the combustible item is used and may also be giving heat. However, simply because some heat is generated, it cannot become fuel and it can be raw material. In other words, whether the item is used as a fuel or a raw material is a matter of factual findings. Some guidelines can be had from the decided judgments.
Recent judgment in case of Gupta Metallics & Power Ltd. (54 VST 292)(Bom).
The dealer was manufacturer of sponge iron. The process of manufacturing of sponge iron involved use of raw material i.e. iron ore, coal and dolomite. The dealer had for the assessment year 1.4.2005 to 31.3.2006 and assessment year 1.4.2006 to 31.3.2007 claimed set-off of 100% in respect of the tax paid on the coal purchased and used in the manufacturing of sponge iron. The dealer before the assessing officer claimed that the said coal was used as raw material for manufacturing sponge iron from iron ore and that is how the respondent claimed 100% set off as per Rule 53 of MVAT Rules, 2005. While passing the assessment order for the aforesaid periods, the assessing authority came to the conclusion that the part of coal used in the manufacture of sponge iron was used as a fuel and part as raw material. The assessing officer permitted the respondent to claim set off to the extent of 50% by treating that 50% of the coal was used as a raw material and 50% of the coal was used a fuel. The reasoning of the assessing authority was that the coal, while reacting with iron in the kiln also generates heat, which is used for the said manufacturing process. Therefore, on the 50% part set off was allowed after reduction of 3% as per above rule 53(1). In the second appeal, Tribunal concurred with the dealer and held that in the given circumstances, coal was used as a raw material. Though, heat is generated and may be useful in the manufacturing process, the coal was not put up in the kiln for the said purpose but basically to act as reductant i.e. raw material. The department filed appeal before Bombay High Court. Hon’ble High Court, after discussing the facts, observed as under;
“It would be proper to deal with the arguments on both the sides on the question whether the coal used in the process by the respondent was used as a raw material or as fuel. In our view, it would be proper to reproduce the report which is contained in letter dated 29.2.2008 to which a reference has been made by all the authorities below. The text of the report is as follows:
“Report:
In the Rotary Kiln Process of manufacturing Sponge Iron, a premixed charge of Iron Ore, Non-Coking Coal and Flux is added inside the Kiln. This charge forms a bed inside the Kiln and slowly moves towards the discharge end. During the transit of the charge, the Iron Ore is slowly converted into Sponge Iron, by the process of reduction. Inside the bed, the carbon of the Non-Coking Coal reduces the Iron Oxide slowly to Iron and the carbon gets converted to Carbon-mono-Oxide gas. Thus, inside the bed the coal plays the role of a reductant. The gas Carbon-mono-oxide rises out of the bed and is now post-combusted to gas carbon-dioxide by carefully admitting air inside the Kiln. This reaction taking place in the area above the bed is a highly exothermic reaction and produces the bulk of the heat required for the process. Thus, the Non-Coking Coal provides the gas Carbon mono-Oxide for satisfying the heat requirements of the process i.e. it indirectly plays the role of a fuel in the Rotary Kiln Process.
It is impossible to quantify the ratio of coal as a reductant vs. fuel in the Rotary Kiln.
10. We have perused the report and we have also considered the submissions advanced by both the sides. A reading of the report clearly indicates that to convert iron ore into sponge iron, the noncoking coal is used. It must be mentioned that the orders passed by the authorities did not use the specific word “Noncoking coal”. The report clearly indicates that the mixture of iron ore and non-coking coal when heated from outside, would ultimately get converted into sponge iron. It is also noticed that on account of the chemical qualities of the non-coking coal, heat is generated. The carbon of non-coking coal reduces the iron oxide slowly to sponge iron and carbon monoxide gas is generated. The report specifically mentions that inside the bed, the Non-Cooking Coal plays the role of a reductant. It further indicates as to how highly exothermic reaction takes place and produces the bulk of the heat required for the process. It also shows that non-coking coal provides the gas carbon mono-oxide for satisfying the heat requirements of the process. On account of this, the author of the report has observed “It indirectly plays a role of fuel in the rotary kiln process”. It is seen that chemical qualities of Noncooking coal to generate heat are used. Merely because heat is generated in the process it cannot be a ground to hold that Noncooking coal so used was used as fuel.
The above observations clearly show that the coal used in the process of manufacturing of sponge iron is used as a raw material and not as a fuel. It is clear that the Assessing Officer as well as the Appellate Authority misread the text of the report dated 29.12.2008. We hold that the tribunal has rightly held that the coal used by the respondent was a raw material and not used as a fuel.”
Thus, simply because heat gets generated, as well as may be useful in the manufacturing process, an item does not become fuel automatically. If the prime object of using the item is as raw material, where without such use, manufacturing may not be feasible then the item is to be considered as a raw material and not a fuel.
Similar is the judgment of Gujarat Tribunal in case of Welspun Steel Ltd. (First Appeal No. 27 of 2010 dated 27.12.2011), wherein also Gujarat Tribunal has considered the use of coal as a raw material and not a fuel.
Conclusion
Set off is the backbone of VAT system. Further, the responsibility of filing correct return is on the dealer. There is no compulsory assessment for each year. Therefore, if set off is due, but not claimed in the returns, then there is no surety that the dealer will get an opportunity to claim the same. If the assessment is initiated then the claim can be lodged. However, if that is not the case, then dealer will lose it. Therefore, it is dealer, who should take care to claim correct set off. Under the above circumstances, it is necessary that the dealer determines the set off quantum correctly. The above issue is one of the issues, where minute study is required to understand the nature of the use of the item.
If it can be proved that the item is used as a raw material for manufacturing or production, then even though it maybe generating heat, it may not be fuel. Similarly, there may be circumstances, where the item is generating heat but as a prime raw material to produce new goods. Normally, when the item is burnt for giving heat to the other item, it will be in the category of fuel. However, if by burning the item, new goods are produced, then a stand can be taken that it is a raw material and not a fuel. In other words, an item can be used as raw material in the heat form. The particular use is to be decided as per facts of each case and no generalisation can be made. The above judgments may be useful for deciding the issue. If the item is coming in the category of fuel, only then reduction will apply otherwise not and the dealer will get full set off.